2आज बापदादा सभी बच्चों को देख खुश हो रहे हैं . āj bāpdādā sabhī bachchō̃ kō dēkh khuśh hō rahē haĩ . āj bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today BapDada all child to see[root] happy be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
3Today, BapDada is pleased to see all the children.
3हर एक बच्चा परमात्म प्यार द्वारा पहुंच गये हैं . har ēk bachchā paramātma pyār dvārā pahuñch gayē haĩ . har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . each one child Supreme Soul love through reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
4Each child has reached here through God's love.
4तो आज बापदादा हर एक बच्चे के मस्तक में भाग्य की रेखायें देख रहे हैं . tō āj bāpdādā har ēk bachchē kē|K mastak mē̃ bhāgya kī|key rēkhāyē̃ dēkh rahē haĩ . tō āj bāpdādā har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rēkhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then today BapDada each one child (of|K) forehead in x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) line see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
5Today, BapDada is seeing the lines of fortune on the forehead of each child.
5ऐसा भाग्य और इतना बड़ा भाग्य सारे कल्प में किसी को प्राप्त नहीं है क्योंकि आपको भाग्य देने वाला स्वयं भाग्य दाता है . aisā bhāgya aur itnā baṛā bhāgya sārē kalp mē̃ kisī kō prāpt nahī̃ hai kyōṅki āpkō bhāgya dēnē vālā svayã bhāgya dātā hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] kō[postp.] prāpt[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.kō] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svayã bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . such x and such very x the whole cycle in (anything|some) to reached not be[pres.sg.23] because you[.kō] x give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x x bestower be[pres.sg.23] .
6No one else has received such fortune, such great fortune, throughout the whole cycle because the Bestower of Fortune Himself has bestowed fortune upon you.
6हर एक के मस्तक में पहले तो चमकता हुआ सितारा का भाग्य चमक रहा है . har ēk kē|K mastak mē̃ pahlē tō chamaktā huā sitārā kā bhāgya chamak rahā hai . har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] tō chamaknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] sitārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] chamaknā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . each one (of|K) forehead in (x|firstly) then x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] star of x x[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
7In the first place, the star of fortune is sparkling on each one's forehead.
7मुख में मधुर वाणी की रेखा चमक रही है . mukh mē̃ madhur vāṇī kī|key rēkhā chamak rahī hai . mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] madhur[adj.] vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rēkhā[n.f.;sg.] chamaknā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . mouth in sweet words (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) line x[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
8The line of sweet speech is sparkling on the mouths.
8होठों पर मधुर मुस्कान की रेखा चमक रही है . hōṭhō̃ par madhur muskān kī|key rēkhā chamak rahī hai . hōṇṭh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] madhur[adj.] muskān[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rēkhā[n.f.;sg.] chamaknā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . lip (at|other) sweet smile (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) line x[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
9The line of a sweet smile is sparkling on the lips.
9दिल में दिलाराम बाप के लवलीन की रेखा चमक रही है . dil mē̃ dilārām bāp kē|K lavlīn kī|key rēkhā chamak rahī hai . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dilārām bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lavlīn[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rēkhā[n.f.;sg.] chamaknā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . heart in x father (of|K) x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) line x[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
10The line of being absorbed in love for the Father who is the Comforter of Hearts is sparkling in the heart.
10हाथों में सर्व खज़ानों के श्रेष्ठता की रेखा चमक रही है . hāthō̃ mē̃ sarv khazānō̃ kē|K śhrēṣhṭhatā kī|key rēkhā chamak rahī hai . hāth[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K śhrēṣhṭhatā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rēkhā[n.f.;sg.] chamaknā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . hand in all treasure (of|K) x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) line x[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
11The line of greatness of attaining all treasures is sparkling on your hands.
11पांव में हर कदम में पदम की रेखा चमक रही है . pāṅw mē̃ har|her kadam mē̃ padam kī|key rēkhā chamak rahī hai . pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] har|harnā[root]|her kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rēkhā[n.f.;sg.] chamaknā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . foot in (x|x[root]) step in multimillion (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) line x[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
12The line of achieving multimillions at every step is sparkling on your feet.
12अभी सोचो ऐसा भाग्य और किसका हुआ है ! abhī sōchō aisā bhāgya aur kiskā huā hai ! ab[adv.hī] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur kaun[pn.sg.kā] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ! now think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] such x and who[.kā] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] !
13Now, think: has anyone ever received such fortune?
13इसलिए आपके यादगार चित्रों का भी भाग्य वर्णन होता रहता है . isliē āpkē yādgār chitrō̃ kā bhī bhāgya varṇan hōtā rahtā hai . isliē āp[pn.pl.kē] yādgār[x] chitra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] varṇan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] . therefore you[.kē] memorial picture of too x x be[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
14This is why is your fortune is described in the images of your memorials.
14और यह भाग्य स्वयं भाग्यविधाता ने हर एक बच्चे का बनाया है . aur yah bhāgya svayã bhāgyavidhātā nē har ēk bachchē kā banāyā hai . aur yah[pn.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] svayã bhāgya vidhātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . and this x x Bestower of Fortune ∅ each one child of create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
15And the Bestower of Fortune Himself has given this fortune to each child.
15बापदादा हर बच्चे का भाग्य देख हर बच्चे को मुबारक दे रहे हैं - वाह बच्चे वाह ! bāpdādā har|her bachchē kā bhāgya dēkh har|her bachchē kō mubārak dē rahē haĩ - vāh bachchē vāh ! bāpdādā har|harnā[root]|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[root] har|harnā[root]|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] - vāh bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vāh ! BapDada (x|x[root]) child of x see[root] (x|x[root]) child to congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] - wah! child wah! !
16Seeing the fortune of each child, BapDada is congratulating each one: Wah child! wah!
16और यह भाग्य इस संगम पर ही मिलता है और चलता है . aur yah bhāgya is saṅgam par hī miltā hai aur chaltā hai . aur yah[pn.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] aur chalnā[pres.sg.m.23] . and this x this confluence (at|other) only receive[pres.sg.m.23] and continue[pres.sg.m.23] .
17You receive this fortune only at the confluence age and it operates only at this time.
17संगमयुग का सुख सब युगों से श्रेष्ठ है . saṅgamyug kā sukh sab yugō̃ sē śhrēṣhṭh hai . saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adj.] yug[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . confluence age of happiness all age from elevated be[pres.sg.23] .
18The happiness of the confluence age is more elevated than that of all other ages.
18सतयुग का भाग्य भी संगम के पुरूषार्थ की प्रालब्ध है इसलिए संगमयुग की प्राप्ति सतयुग की प्रालब्ध से भी ज्यादा है . satyug kā bhāgya bhī saṅgam kē|K purūṣhārth kī|key prālabdh hai isliē saṅgamyug kī|key prāpti satyug kī|key prālabdh sē bhī jyādā hai . satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K puruṣhārth karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isliē saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prāpti[n.f.;sg.] satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . golden age of x too confluence (of|K) effort (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) reward be[pres.sg.23] therefore confluence age (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attainment golden age (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) reward from too more be[pres.sg.23] .
19The fortune of the golden age is the reward of the effort made at the confluence age and this is why the attainment of the confluence age is greater than the reward of the golden age.
19अपने भाग्य में खो जाओ . apnē bhāgya mē̃ khō jāō . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] khōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . one’s own x in lose[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
20Lose yourself in your own fortune!
20कुछ भी होता रहे अपना भाग्य स्मृति में लाओ तो क्या निकलता है ? kuchh bhī hōtā rahē apnā bhāgya smr̥iti mē̃ lāō tō kyā nikaltā hai ? kuchh bhī[x] hōnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō kyā nikalnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? anything be[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] (adopt[root]|one’s own) x awareness in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then what be extracted[pres.sg.m.23] ?
21It doesn't matter what is happening, but what emerges from you when you bring your fortune into your awareness?
21वाह मेरा भाग्य ! vāh mērā bhāgya ! vāh maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ! wah! I[.kā] x !
22Wah! my fortune!
22क्योंकि स्वयं भाग्य दाता आपका बाप है . kyōṅki svayã bhāgya dātā āpkā bāp hai . kyōṅki svayã bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because x x bestower you[.kā] father be[pres.sg.23] .
23The Bestower of Fortune Himself is your Father.
23तो भाग्य दाता द्वारा हर एक को अपना भाग्य मिला है . tō bhāgya dātā dvārā har ēk kō apnā bhāgya milā hai . tō bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā har ēk[x] kō[postp.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . then x bestower through each one to (adopt[root]|one’s own) x receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
24Each one of you has received your fortune from the Bestower of Fortune.
24जानते हो कि हम इतने भाग्यवान हैं कि कभी-कभी जानते हो सदा नशा रहता है ? jāntē hō ki ham itnē bhāgyavān haĩ ki kabhī-kabhī jāntē hō sadā naśhā rahtā hai ? jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāgyavān[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] kabhī[adv.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] sadā naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? know[pres.pl.m.2] that we such fortunate be[pres.pl.12hon3] that ever know[pres.pl.m.2] constantly intoxication remain[pres.sg.m.23] ?
25Do you realise how fortunate you are? 26Or, do you only realise it sometimes? 27Do you constantly have this intoxication?
25दुनिया वाले तो देखकर पूछते हैं आपको क्या मिला है ? duniyā vālē tō dēkhkar pūchhtē haĩ āpkō kyā milā hai ? duniyā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō dēkhnā[abs.] pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] āp[pn.pl.kō] kyā milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? world those who then see[abs.] ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] you[.kō] what receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
28When the people of the world see you they ask what you have received.
26और आप लोग उत्तर क्या देते हो ? aur āp lōg uttar kyā dētē hō ? aur āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] uttar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? and you people answer what give[pres.pl.m.2] ?
29What do you reply?
27जो पाना था वह पा लिया . jō pānā thā vah pā liyā . jō[pn.;d.] pānā[past.m.sg.oblig1] vah[pn.sg.d.] pānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . that x[past.m.sg.oblig1] that x[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] .
30We have attained everything we wanted.
28पा लिया है हाथ उठाओ . pā liyā hai hāth uṭhāō . pānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] raise your hands .
31Have you attained it? 32If so, raise your hands!
29पा लिया है अच्छा . pā liyā hai achchhā . pānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . x[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] achcha .
33Have you attained it? 34Achcha.
30पा लिया है ? pā liyā hai ? pānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] ? x[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] ?
35Have you attained it?
31फलक से कहते हो कोई अप्राप्त वस्तु ही नहीं है ना फखुर ? phalak sē kahtē hō kōī aprāpta vastu hī nahī̃ hai nā phakhur ? phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] kōī[pn.;d.] aprāpt[adj.] vastu[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā fakhur[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? sparkle of intoxication from say[pres.pl.m.2] some unattained thing only not be[pres.sg.23] ∅ intoxication ?
36With spiritual intoxication you say that you lack nothing. 37You have this intoxication, do you not?
32और मिला कैसे ? aur milā kaisē ? aur milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ? and (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) how ?
38So, how did you get it?
33सिर्फ बाप को जाना माना अपना बनाया तो भाग्य मिल गया . sirph bāp kō jānā mānā apnā banāyā tō bhāgya mil gayā . sirph[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . only father to (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) (adopt[root]|one’s own) create[past-part.m.sg.d.] then x receive[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
39You simply came to know the Father, you accepted Him and you made Him belong to you and you received your fortune.
34इस भाग्य को जितना स्मृति में लाते रहेंगे उतना हर्षित होते रहेंगे . is bhāgya kō jitnā smr̥iti mē̃ lātē rahē̃gē utnā harṣhit hōtē rahē̃gē . yah[pn.sg.o.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] harṣhit[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . this x to the more awareness in x[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] x cheerful be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
40The more you make yourself aware of this fortune, the more cheerful you will be.
35भाग्यवान आत्मा का चेहरा सदा हर्षित रहेगा . bhāgyavān ātmā kā chēhrā sadā harṣhit rahēgā . bhāgyavān[x] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sadā harṣhit[adj.] rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] . fortunate soul of face constantly cheerful remain[fut.m.sg.23] .
41The face of a fortunate soul will be constantly cheerful.
36रहेगा नहीं रहता है . rahēgā nahī̃ rahtā hai . rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] . remain[fut.m.sg.23] not remain[pres.sg.m.23] .
42It is not that it will be, but it is always so.
37उनकी दृष्टि उनकी वृत्ति और उनकी प्रवृत्ति सदा सन्तुष्ट आत्मा बन स्वयं भी सन्तुष्ट रहेगी और दूसरों को भी सन्तुष्ट बनायेगी . unkī dr̥iṣhṭi unkī vr̥itti aur unkī pravr̥itti sadā santuṣhṭ ātmā ban svayã bhī santuṣhṭ rahēgī aur dūsrō̃ kō bhī santuṣhṭ banāyēgī . vah[pn.pl.kī] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] vah[pn.pl.kī] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur vah[pn.pl.kī] pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] sadā santuṣhṭ[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] svayã bhī[p.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[fut.f.sg.23] aur dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] banānā[fut.f.sg.23] . that[.kī] drishti that[.kī] attitude and that[.kī] famille constantly content soul (x|become[root]) x too content remain[fut.f.sg.23] and other to too content create[fut.f.sg.23] .
43The vision, attitude and activity of such souls will always be content and they will inspire others to be content.
38तो आप सबको सन्तुष्टता का नशा रहता है ? tō āp sabkō santuṣhṭatā kā naśhā rahtā hai ? tō āp[pn.pl.] sabkō santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? then you everything contentment of intoxication remain[pres.sg.m.23] ?
44Are you all intoxicated with your contentment?
39क्योंकि सन्तुष्टता का आधार है सर्व प्राप्ति . kyōṅki santuṣhṭatā kā ādhār hai sarv prāpti . kyōṅki santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sarv[adj.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] . because contentment of basis be[pres.sg.23] all attainment .
45The basis of contentment is to have all attainments.
40अप्राप्ति असन्तुष्टता का आधार है . aprāpti asantuṣhṭatā kā ādhār hai . aprāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] asantuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . lack of attainment discontentment of basis be[pres.sg.23] .
46Discontentment comes from a lack of attainment.
41तो आप क्या अनुभव करते हो ? tō āp kyā anubhav kartē hō ? tō āp[pn.pl.] kyā anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? then you what experience do[pres.pl.m.2] ?
47What do you experience?
42अप्राप्त कोई वस्तु है कि सर्व प्राप्ति है ? aprāpta kōī vastu hai ki sarv prāpti hai ? aprāpt[adj.] kōī[pn.;d.] vastu[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] sarv[adj.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? unattained some thing be[pres.sg.23] that all attainment be[pres.sg.23] ?
48Is anything lacking or have you attained everything?
43प्राप्ति का नशा है ? prāpti kā naśhā hai ? prāpti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? attainment of intoxication be[pres.sg.23] ?
49Are you intoxicated with your attainments?
44है सदा है या कभी-कभी है ? hai sadā hai yā kabhī-kabhī hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] sadā hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā kabhī[adv.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? be[pres.sg.23] constantly be[pres.sg.23] or ever be[pres.sg.23] ?
50Are you? 51Are you all the time or only sometimes?
45वैसे तो यही कहते हो पा लिया जो पाना था . vaisē tō yahī kahtē hō pā liyā jō pānā thā . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō yahī[pn.;d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] pānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] jō[pn.;d.] pānā[past.m.sg.oblig1] . x then this say[pres.pl.m.2] x[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] that x[past.m.sg.oblig1] .
52In fact, you claim you have attained what you wanted.
46तो जहाँ सर्व प्राप्ति है वहाँ असन्तुष्टता का नाम नहीं है . tō jahā̃ sarv prāpti hai vahā̃ asantuṣhṭatā kā nām nahī̃ hai . tō jahā̃ sarv[adj.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ asantuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then where there all attainment be[pres.sg.23] there discontentment of name not be[pres.sg.23] .
53Where you have all attainments, there is no mention of discontentment.
47तो बापदादा आज देश विदेश कितने देशों से सभी बच्चे आके इकठ्ठे हुए हैं लेकिन सबसे दूर से आने वाला कौन ? tō bāpdādā āj dēśh vidēśh kitnē dēśhō̃ sē sabhī bachchē ākē ikaṭhṭhē huē haĩ lēkin sabsē dūr sē ānē vālā kaun ? tō bāpdādā āj dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] ānā[abs.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin sabsē dūr[adj.] sē[postp.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] ? then BapDada today land abroad so land from all child come[abs.] together be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] but the most distant from (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who who ?
54BapDada is seeing the children from this land and abroad. 55From how many countries have all the children gathered? 56Who has come from the furthest place?
48क्या अमेरिका वाले दूर से आये हैं ? kyā America vālē dūr sē āyē haĩ ? kyā America vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dūr[adj.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? what America those who distant from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
57Have those from America travelled the furthest?
49अमेरिका वाले दूर से आये हैं ना ! America vālē dūr sē āyē haĩ nā ! America vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dūr[adj.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā ! America those who distant from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ !
58Those of you from America have come from the furthest land, have you not?
50और बाप कहाँ से आया है ? aur bāp kahā̃ sē āyā hai ? aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahā̃ sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? and father where from come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
59However, where has the Father come from?
51अमेरिका तो इसी लोक में है लेकिन बापदादा कहाँ से आये हैं ? America tō isī lōk mē̃ hai lēkin bāpdādā kahā̃ sē āyē haĩ ? America tō yah[pn.sg.hī] lōk[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin bāpdādā kahā̃ sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? America then this[.hī] x in be[pres.sg.23] but BapDada where from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
60America is in this world, but where has BapDada come from?
52परमधाम से ब्रह्मा बाप भी सूक्ष्मवतन से आये हैं . paramdhām sē brahmā bāp bhī sūkṣhmavatan sē āyē haĩ . paramdhām[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] sūkṣhmavatan sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . x from Brahma father too subtle region from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
61He has come from Paramdham and Father Brahma has come from the subtle region.
53तो कौन दूर से आया ? tō kaun dūr sē āyā ? tō kaun[pn.;d.] dūr[adj.] sē[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? then who distant from come[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
62So, who has come from the furthest place?
54सबसे दूर कौन ? sabsē dūr kaun ? sabsē dūr[adj.] kaun[pn.;d.] ? the most distant who ?
63Who is the furthest away?
55यह है बाप और बच्चों के प्यार का नजारा . yah hai bāp aur bachchō̃ kē|K pyār kā najārā . yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nazārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . this be[pres.sg.23] father and child (of|K) love of scene .
64This is a scene of the love of the Father and the children.
56आपने कहा मेरा बाबा और बाप ने कहा मेरा बच्चा . āpnē kahā mērā bābā aur bāp nē kahā mērā bachchā . āp[pn.pl.nē] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . you[.nē] say[past-part.m.sg.d.] I[.kā] Baba and father ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] I[.kā] child .
65You said, "My Baba" and the Father said, "My child."
57सिर्फ एक को जानने से कितना वर्सा मिल गया . sirph ēk kō jānnē sē kitnā varsā mil gayā . sirph[adj.] ēk[adj.] kō[postp.] jānnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] milnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . only one to know[inf.m.pl.,o.] from so inheritance receive[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
66You received such a great inheritance simply by knowing the One.
58दुनिया वाले सुख के लिए शान्ति के लिए ढूंढ रहे हैं - कहाँ शान्ति मिलेगी कहाँ सुख मिलेगा और आपकी जीवन ही सुख शान्ति सम्पन्न हो गई . duniyā vālē sukh kē liē śhānti kē liē ḍhūṇḍh rahē haĩ - kahā̃ śhānti milēgī kahā̃ sukh milēgā aur āpkī jīvan hī sukh śhānti sampann hō gaī . duniyā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] śhānti kē liē[x] ḍhūṇḍhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] - kahā̃ śhānti milnā[fut.f.sg.23] kahā̃ sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] aur āp[pn.pl.kī] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhānti sampann[adj.] hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . world those who happiness for peace for discover[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] - where peace receive[fut.f.sg.23] where happiness receive[fut.m.sg.23] and you[.kī] life only happiness peace full be[past-part.f..root+jānā] .
67People of the world are searching for peace and happiness and wondering where they will find peace and happiness, whereas your life is full of happiness and peace.
59अभी बापदादा कहते हैं पूछते हैं बापदादा क्या चाहते हैं ? abhī bāpdādā kahtē haĩ pūchhtē haĩ bāpdādā kyā chāhtē haĩ ? ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bāpdādā kyā chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? now BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] BapDada what x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
68What does BapDada want now?
60तो बापदादा हर बच्चे से यही चाहते हैं कि हर एक बच्चा सदा स्वराज्य अधिकारी बनके रहे . tō bāpdādā har|her bachchē sē yahī chāhtē haĩ ki har ēk bachchā sadā svarājya adhikārī bankē rahē . tō bāpdādā har|harnā[root]|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] yahī[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sadā svarājya adhikārī[x] bannā[abs.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . then BapDada (x|x[root]) child from this x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that each one child constantly self-sovereign become[abs.] (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) . 61कभी-कभी नहीं क्योंकि अभी के स्वराज्य अधिकार का वरदान बाप ने इस संगमयुग के लिए पूरा दिया है थोड़ा नहीं कभी-कभी वाला नहीं सदा . kabhī-kabhī nahī̃ kyōṅki abhī kē|K svarājya adhikār kā vardān bāp nē is saṅgamyug kē liē pūrā diyā hai thōṛā nahī̃ kabhī-kabhī vālā nahī̃ sadā . kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] kyōṅki ab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K svarājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] adhikār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.o.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kabhī[adv.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] sadā . ever not because now (of|K) own kingdom right of blessing father ∅ this confluence age for full give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] short not ever those who not constantly .
69BapDada wants every child to be a self-sovereign, to be a master of the self, always, not just sometimes. 70This is because the Father has given the full blessing of self-sovereignty at the confluence age. 71It was not just a little and not just for some time, but for all time.
62तो सोचो सदा के लिए स्वराज्य अधिकारी बन रहते हो ? tō sōchō sadā kē liē svarājya adhikārī ban rahtē hō ? tō sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sadā kē liē[x] svarājya adhikārī[x] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? then think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] constantly for self-sovereign (x|become[root]) remain[pres.pl.m.2] ?
72Are you a master of the self all the time?
63क्योंकि बापदादा ने सुनाया कि इन सभी कर्मेन्द्रियों के मन बुद्धि संस्कार के भी मालिक हो . kyōṅki bāpdādā nē sunāyā ki in sabhī karmēndriyō̃ kē|K man buddhi saṅskār kē|K bhī mālik hō . kyōṅki bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.o.]|in sab[adv.hī] karmēndriy[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K man[n.m.;sg.,d.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] saṅskār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . because BapDada ∅ speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] that (this|in) all physical organ (of|K) mind intellect sanskar (of|K) too master (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
73BapDada has told you that you are masters of all your physical senses and your mind, intellect and sanskars.
64सबके लिए मेरा शब्द बोलते हो मैं नहीं बोलते हो मेरा बोलते हो . sabkē liē mērā śhabda bōltē hō maĩ nahī̃ bōltē hō mērā bōltē hō . sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē maĩ[pn.sg.kā] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] bōlnā[pres.pl.m.2] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] bōlnā[pres.pl.m.2] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bōlnā[pres.pl.m.2] . everyone's (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) I[.kā] word speak[pres.pl.m.2] I not speak[pres.pl.m.2] I[.kā] speak[pres.pl.m.2] .
74You say "mine" regarding all of these things. 75You do not say "I" for these things, but you say "mine".
65तो मन बुद्धि संस्कार मेरा है तो मेरे के ऊपर सदा अधिकार रहता है . tō man buddhi saṅskār mērā hai tō mērē kē ūpar sadā adhikār rahtā hai . tō man[n.m.;sg.,d.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] saṅskār[x] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō maĩ[pn.sg.kē] kē ūpar[x] sadā adhikār[x] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then mind intellect sanskar I[.kā] be[pres.sg.23] then I[.kē] over constantly right remain[pres.sg.m.23] .
76Since the mind, intellect and sanskars are "mine", "I" have a constant right to what is "mine".
66ऐसे मन बुद्धि संस्कार के ऊपर पूरा ही अधिकारी हो इसको कहा जाता है स्वराज्यधारी . aisē man buddhi saṅskār kē ūpar pūrā hī adhikārī hō iskō kahā jātā hai svarājyadhārī . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] saṅskār[x] kē ūpar[x] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] svarājyadhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] . such mind intellect sanskar over full only (one) who has a right (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) this[.kō] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) ruler of yourself .
77In the same way, maintain full rights over your mind, intellect and sanskars. 78This is what it means to be a master of the self.
67जो आर्डर करो उसी प्रमाण यह कार्य करने के लिए निमित्त हैं . jō order karō usī pramāṇ yah kārya karnē kē liē nimitt haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] order karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.hī] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . that order do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that[.hī] (under) this task do[inf.m.pl.,o.] for instrument be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
79Whatever orders you give them, they are instruments to carry out those orders.
68लेकिन इसके लिए चलते फिरते कार्य करते मालिकपन का नशा होना चाहिए . lēkin iskē liē chaltē phirtē kārya kartē mālikpan kā naśhā hōnā chāhiē . lēkin yah[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phirnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] mālikpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] . but this[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] turn[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] task do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] being a master of intoxication (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) .
80However, in order to accomplish this, you maintain the intoxication of being a master while walking and moving around.
69निश्चय और नशा . niśhchay aur naśhā . niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . faith and intoxication .
81Faith and intoxication.
70अब तो आत्माओं को मन्सा द्वारा भी सेवा देने का समय है . ab tō ātmāō̃ kō mansā dvārā bhī sēvā dēnē kā samay hai . ab[adv.] tō ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] mansā dvārā bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now then soul to through the mind through too service give[inf.m.pl.,o.] of time be[pres.sg.23] .
82Now, it is time to serve souls through the mind.
71चिल्लाते रहते हे पूर्वज हमें थोड़ा सा सुख शान्ति की किरणें दे दो . chillātē rahtē hē pūrvaj hamē̃ thōṛā sā sukh śhānti kī|key kiraṇē̃ dē dō . chillānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hē pūrvaj[adj.] ham[pn.pl.kō] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhānti karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kiraṇ[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . cry[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x ancestor we[.kō] short x happiness peace (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ray give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
83They are crying out: O ancestors, give us a few rays of happiness and peace.
72तो हे पूर्वज दुःखियों की पुकार सुनाई देती है ना ! tō hē pūrvaj duḥkhiyō̃ kī|key pukār sunāī dētī hai nā ! tō hē pūrvaj[adj.] duḥkhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pukārnā[root]|pukār[n.f.;sg.] sunānā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā] nā ! then x ancestor unhappy (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (call[root]|call) speak[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā] ∅ !
84O ancestors, you can hear the call of the unhappy ones, can you not?
73बापदादा ने इशारा दे दिया है कि कुछ भी आपदा अचानक आनी है इसके लिए सेकण्ड में फुलस्टाप . bāpdādā nē iśhārā dē diyā hai ki kuchh bhī āpdā achānak ānī hai iskē liē second mē̃ fullstop . bāpdādā nē[postp.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] ki[conj.] kuchh bhī[x] āpdā[n.f.;sg.] achānak ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] yah[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē second mē̃[postp.] full stop . BapDada ∅ signal give[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] that anything calamity suddenly come[pres.sg.23.oblig1] this[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) second in full stop .
85BapDada has signalled to you that any calamity can occur suddenly. 86For this, put a full stop within a second.
74वह प्रैक्टिस भी कर रहे हो क्योंकि उस समय पुरूषार्थ का समय नहीं होगा अभ्यास करें लगाओ फुलस्टाप और हो जाए आश्चर्य की मात्रा इसलिए पुरूषार्थ का समय अभी मिला हुआ है . vah practice bhī kar rahē hō kyōṅki us samay purūṣhārth kā samay nahī̃ hōgā abhyās karē̃ lagāō fullstop aur hō jāē āśhcharya kī mātrā isliē purūṣhārth kā samay abhī milā huā hai . vah[pn.sg.d.] practice bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] kyōṅki vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] full stop aur hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] āśhcharya kī mātrā[x] isliē puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . that practice too do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] because that time effort of time not be[fut.m.sg.23] practice do[opt.pl.12hon3] attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] full stop and be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] x therefore effort of time now (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
87You are practicing this now because at that time you will not have time to make effort. 88You may try to put a full stop but you put an exclamation mark instead. 89This is why you have been given time now to make effort.
75उस समय प्रैक्टिकल करने का समय है तो अभी से इस अभ्यास को कर भी रहे हैं बापदादा रिजल्ट देखते हैं अटेन्शन में है कर भी रहे हैं लेकिन और भी अटेन्शन को अण्डरलाइन करो . us samay practical karnē kā samay hai tō abhī sē is abhyās kō kar bhī rahē haĩ bāpdādā result dēkhtē haĩ attention mē̃ hai kar bhī rahē haĩ lēkin aur bhī attention kō underline karō . vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] practical karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō ab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.o.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] karnā[root] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] bāpdādā result dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] attention mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] karnā[root] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin aur bhī[p.] attention kō[postp.] underline karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that time practical do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of time be[pres.sg.23] then now from this practice to do[root] too remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] BapDada result see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] attention in be[pres.sg.23] do[root] too remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] but and too attention to underline do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
90Then, it will be the time to do something practically. 91You are practicing this from now. 92BapDada is seeing your result: You are paying attention to doing it. 93However, you need to pay more attention and underline it.
76देखो पुरूषार्थ कितना सहज है मैं भी बिन्दी लगाना भी बिन्दी है सिर्फ अटेन्शन देना है . dēkhō purūṣhārth kitnā sahaj hai maĩ bhī bindī lagānā bhī bindī hai sirph attention dēnā hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] puruṣhārth kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sirph[adj.] attention dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] effort so easy be[pres.sg.23] I too point attach[inf.m.sg.d.] too point be[pres.sg.23] only attention give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
94Look how easy the effort is: I am a dot and I have to put a full stop! 95I simply have to pay attention.
77बापदादा विशेष बच्चों को सौगात देते हैं बच्चे मैं आपके सदा साथ हूँ . bāpdādā viśhēṣh bachchō̃ kō saugāt dētē haĩ bachchē maĩ āpkē sadā sāth hū̃ . bāpdādā viśhēṣh[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] saugāt[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] sadā sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . BapDada special child to gift give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] child I you[.kē] constantly with be[pres.sg.1] .
96BapDada is specially giving children a gift: Children, I am always with you.
78बाबा कहा और बच्चों के लिए बाप सदा हाजिर है . bābā kahā aur bachchō̃ kē liē bāp sadā hājir hai . bābā kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē liē[x] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā hāzir[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Baba say[past-part.m.sg.d.] and child for father constantly present be[pres.sg.23] .
97As soon as you say, "Baba", the Father is ever present in front of you.
79जो कहा गया है हजूर हाजर है सर्वव्यापी नहीं है लेकिन बच्चों के आगे हजूर हाजर है . jō kahā gayā hai hajūr hājar hai sarvavyāpī nahī̃ hai lēkin bachchō̃ kē āgē hajūr hājar hai . jō[pn.;d.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.passive] hajūr hāzir[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sarvavyāpī, sarvavyāpak[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē āgē[x] hajūr hāzir[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that (say[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres-perf.sg.m.23.passive]) Lord present be[pres.sg.23] omnipresent not be[pres.sg.23] but child in front of Lord present be[pres.sg.23] .
98It has been said: The Lord is ever present. 99He is not omnipresent, but the Lord is ever-present in front of the children.
80तो सदा विजयी बनना जहाँ भगवान साथ है वहाँ विजयी बनना क्या मुश्किल है . tō sadā vijayī bannā jahā̃ bhagvān sāth hai vahā̃ vijayī bannā kyā muśhkil hai . tō sadā vijayī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] jahā̃ bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ vijayī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyā muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then constantly victorious become[inf.m.sg.d.] where there God with be[pres.sg.23] there victorious become[inf.m.sg.d.] what difficult be[pres.sg.23] .
100Always be victorious. 101When God is with you, how can it be difficult to be victorious?
81विजय आपका जन्म सिद्ध अधिकार है . vijay āpkā janm siddha adhikār hai . vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] siddh[adj.] adhikār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . victory you[.kā] (life|be born[root]) successful right be[pres.sg.23] .
102Victory is your birthright.
82सिर्फ मेरा बाबा कहा तो विजयी है ही . sirph mērā bābā kahā tō vijayī hai hī . sirph[adj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō vijayī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . only I[.kā] Baba say[past-part.m.sg.d.] then victorious be[pres.sg.23] only .
103Simply by saying "My Baba" you definitely become victorious.
83इसलिए सदा विजयी बनना जो याद में रहता उसके लिए अति सहज है . isliē sadā vijayī bannā jō yād mē̃ rahtā uskē liē ati sahaj hai . isliē sadā vijayī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] uskā[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē ati sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . therefore constantly victorious become[inf.m.sg.d.] that remembrance in remain[pres-part.m.sg.d.] of that[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) x easy be[pres.sg.23] . 84मुश्किल नहीं . muśhkil nahī̃ . muśhkil[adj.] nahī̃[neg] . difficult not .
104Therefore, be constantly victorious; this is extremely easy for those who stay in remembrance; it is not difficult.
85जहाँ भगवान है वहाँ विजय है ही . jahā̃ bhagvān hai vahā̃ vijay hai hī . jahā̃ bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . where there God be[pres.sg.23] there victory be[pres.sg.23] only .
105Where there is God, there is definite victory.
86तो आज बापदादा सभी बच्चों को देख खुश हो रहे हैं कि कितने स्नेह से कौन से साधन से आये हैं ? tō āj bāpdādā sabhī bachchō̃ kō dēkh khuśh hō rahē haĩ ki kitnē snēh sē kaun sē sādhan sē āyē haĩ ? tō āj bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kaun[pn.;d.] sē[postp.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? then today BapDada all child to see[root] happy be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that so love from who from facilities from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
106Today, BapDada is pleased to see all the children: You have come with so much love. 107How did you reach here?
87ट्रेन में या प्लेन में वह तो शरीर के द्वारा पहुंच गये हैं लेकिन दिल से तो प्यार आपको यहाँ लाया है . train mē̃ yā plain|plane mē̃ vah tō śharīr kē|K dvārā pahuñch gayē haĩ lēkin dil sē tō pyār āpkō yahā̃ lāyā hai . train mē̃[postp.] yā plain|plane mē̃[postp.] vah[pn.sg.d.] tō śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dvārā pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] lēkin dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] tō pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] yahā̃ lānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . train in or (plain|plane) in that then body (of|K) through reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] but heart from then love you[.kō] here x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
108Physically, you have reached here by train or by plane, but it is the love that brought you here through your heart.
88है हिम्मत आपकी मदद बाप की है ही . hai himmat āpkī madad bāp kī hai hī . hōnā[pres.sg.23] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kī] madad[n.f.;sg.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] hī[p.] . be[pres.sg.23] courage you[.kī] x father do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] only .
109It is your courage and the Father's guaranteed help.
89अभी बापदादा यही चाहते हैं कि हर बच्चा हर कर्म में अपने स्वराज्य की सीट पर स्थित रहे . abhī bāpdādā yahī chāhtē haĩ ki har|her bachchā har|her karma mē̃ apnē svarājya kī|key seat par sthit rahē . ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā yahī[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] har|harnā[root]|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] har|harnā[root]|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svarājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] sthit[adj.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . now BapDada this x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that (x|x[root]) child (x|x[root]) deed in one’s own own kingdom (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) seat (at|other) stabilised (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
110Now, BapDada wants every child in every action to stay stable on the seat of self-sovereignty.
90अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
111Achcha.
91आज पहले बारी कौन आये हैं वह हाथ उठाओ . āj pahlē bārī kaun āyē haĩ vah hāth uṭhāō . āj pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kaun[pn.;d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . today (x|firstly) x who come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that raise your hands .
112Those who have come for the first time today, raise your hands!
92खड़े हो जाओ . khaṛē hō jāō . khaṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . standing be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
113Stand up!
93बहुत हैं . bahut haĩ . bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
114There are many.
94अच्छा जैसे पहले बारी आये हो वैसे पहला नम्बर जाना है ना . achchhā jaisē pahlē bārī āyē hō vaisē pahlā number jānā hai nā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pahlā number[x] jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā . achcha like (x|firstly) x come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] x x (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]) ∅ .
115Achcha. 116Just as you have come for the first time, in the same way, you must claim number one.
95जाना है ? jānā hai ? jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]) ?
117Do you wish to claim this number?
96बाबा का वरदान है कि जो हिम्मत रखेगा उसको बाप की मदद भी मिलेगी और हिम्मत से जितना भी आगे बढ़ने चाहो वह चांस है क्योंकि टूलेट का बोर्ड नहीं लगा है . bābā kā vardān hai ki jō himmat rakhēgā uskō bāp kī|key madad bhī milēgī aur himmat sē jitnā bhī āgē baṛhnē chāhō vah chance hai kyōṅki toolate kā board nahī̃ lagā hai . bābā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[fut.m.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key madad[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] milnā[fut.f.sg.23] aur himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] āgē baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] chance hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki too late kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] board nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . Baba of blessing be[pres.sg.23] that that courage keep[fut.m.sg.23] that[.kō] father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x too receive[fut.f.sg.23] and courage from the more too previously grow[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that chance be[pres.sg.23] because too late of board not x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
118Baba's blessing is that those who have courage will definitely receive the Father's help. 119With courage, you have a chance to progress as much as you want because the board saying "Too late" has not yet been put up.
97याद में रहो और जो प्राप्त हुआ है उससे औरों की सेवा करो . yād mē̃ rahō aur jō prāpt huā hai ussē aurō̃ kī|key sēvā karō . yād[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur jō[pn.;d.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.sē] aurō̃ karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . remembrance in remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and that reached be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that[.sē] others (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
120Stay in remembrance and serve others through your attainments.
98जितनी सेवा करेंगे उतनी दुआयें मिलेंगी और वह दुआयें आपको आगे बढ़ाती रहेंगी . jitnī sēvā karē̃gē utnī duāyē̃ milē̃gī aur vah duāyē̃ āpkō āgē baṛhātī rahē̃gī . jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] utnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] aur vah[pn.sg.d.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] āgē baṛhānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . the more service do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x blessing receive[fut.f.pl.12hon3] and that blessing you[.kō] previously increase[fut.f.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
121You will accumulate blessings according to how much service you do, and those blessings will keep making you move forward.
99सन्देश देते जाओ बाकी हर एक की तकदीर . sandēśh dētē jāō bākī har ēk kī|key takdīr . sandēśh[x] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] bākī|bākī har ēk[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key takdīr[n.f.;sg.] . message give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] (but|others) each one (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) fortune .
122Continue to give the message, and it is then up to each one's fortune.
100लेकिन आप सन्देश दे दो . lēkin āp sandēśh dē dō . lēkin āp[pn.pl.] sandēśh[x] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . but you message give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
123However, you just keep giving the message.
101पुण्य अपना जमा करते रहो . puṇya apnā jamā kartē rahō . puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jamā karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . charity (adopt[root]|one’s own) accumulate .
124Continue accumulate your charity.
102तो पुण्य आपको आगे बढ़ाता रहेगा . tō puṇya āpkō āgē baṛhātā rahēgā . tō puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] āgē baṛhānā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . then charity you[.kō] previously increase[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
125Your charity will keep making make you move forward.
103अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
126It is good.
104अच्छा यह कराची से आये हैं क्या ! achchhā yah karāchī sē āyē haĩ kyā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] karāchī sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] kyā ! achcha this Karachi from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] what !
127Achcha, this one has come from Karachi (Dada Atmaram).
105तो देखो आदि स्थान से आये हो . tō dēkhō ādi sthān sē āyē hō . tō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ādi[adj.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . then see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] etc. place from come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
128Look, you have come from the original place.
106जहाँ स्थापना हुई उस आदि स्थान से आये हो . jahā̃ sthāpanā huī us ādi sthān sē āyē hō . jahā̃ sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past-part.f.] vah[pn.sg.o.] ādi[adj.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . where there establishment be[past-part.f.] that etc. place from come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
129You have come from the original place where establishment took place.
107बापदादा का यही वरदान है कि सदा आदि रत्न बन जो अनुभव किया है सदा खुश रहने का सदा डबल लाइट रहने का वह औरों को भी अनुभव कराते रहो . bāpdādā kā yahī vardān hai ki sadā ādi ratna ban jō anubhav kiyā hai sadā khuśh rahnē kā sadā double light rahnē kā vah aurō̃ kō bhī anubhav karātē rahō . bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yahī[pn.;d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] sadā ādi[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] jō[pn.;d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] sadā khuśh[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sadā double light[x] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . BapDada of this blessing be[pres.sg.23] that constantly etc. jewel (x|become[root]) that experience do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] constantly happy remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] of constantly double-light remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] of that others to too experience make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
130BapDada's blessing is that you consider yourself to be an original jewel and share your experience of being constantly happy, constantly double light with others.
108बाकी बापदादा ने देखा निश्चय अचल है . bākī bāpdādā nē dēkhā niśhchay achal hai . bākī|bākī bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] achal hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (but|others) BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] faith unshakeable be[pres.sg.23] .
131BapDada saw that you have unshakeable faith.
109आगे बढ़ सकते हो . āgē baṛh saktē hō . āgē baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . previously grow[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
132You can move forward.
110बढ़ भी रहे और बढ़ भी सकते हो जितना चाहो उतना आगे बढ़ने का वरदान ले सकते हो . baṛh bhī rahē aur baṛh bhī saktē hō jitnā chāhō utnā āgē baṛhnē kā vardān lē saktē hō . baṛhnā[root] bhī[p.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] aur baṛhnā[root] bhī[p.] saknā[pres.pl.m.2] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āgē baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . grow[root] too (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) and grow[root] too can[pres.pl.m.2] the more x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x previously grow[inf.m.pl.,o.] of blessing take[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
133You are moving forward and you can move forward even more. 134You can claim the blessing of moving as far forward as you want.
111अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
135Achcha.
112यह साथ में आये हैं . yah sāth mē̃ āyē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . this with in come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
136These people have accompanied you.
113खुश हो ना ! khuśh hō nā ! khuśh[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! happy (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
137You are happy, are you not?
114खुशी यहाँ से लेके जाना . khuśhī yahā̃ sē lēkē jānā . khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yahā̃ sē[postp.] lēnā[abs.] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . happiness here from take[abs.] (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) .
138Take happiness with you from here.
115इतनी खुशी लेके जाना जो कभी खुशी कम नहीं हो . itnī khuśhī lēkē jānā jō kabhī khuśhī cum|kam nahī̃ hō . itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lēnā[abs.] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] kabhī[adv.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . such happiness take[abs.] (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) that ever happiness (x|less) not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 116और आपको खुश देख करके और भी खुश हो जायेंगे . aur āpkō khuśh dēkh karkē aur bhī khuśh hō jāyēṅgē . aur āp[pn.pl.kō] khuśh[adj.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] aur bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . and you[.kō] happy see[root] do[abs.] and too happy be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
139Take so much happiness that your happiness never decreases, and that when others see you happy, they will also become happy.
117तो क्या बांटेंगे जाके . tō kyā bāṇṭē̃gē jākē . tō kyā bāṇṭnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] jānā[abs.] . then what distribute[fut.m.pl.12hon3] go[abs.] .
140So, what will you share when you return?
118कहाँ भी जाते हैं तो बांटते हैं ना . kahā̃ bhī jātē haĩ tō bāṇṭtē haĩ nā . kahā̃ bhī[p.] jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō bāṇṭnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā . where too go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then distribute[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ .
141Whenever you go somewhere, you share something, do you not?
119तो आप क्या बांटेंगे ? tō āp kyā bāṇṭē̃gē ? tō āp[pn.pl.] kyā bāṇṭnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then you what distribute[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
142What will you share?
120खुशी बांटना अविनाशी खुशी . khuśhī bāṇṭnā avināśhī khuśhī . khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bāṇṭnā[inf.m.sg.d.] avināśhī[adj.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . happiness distribute[inf.m.sg.d.] imperishable happiness .
143Share happiness, imperishable happiness.
121जिसको खुशी प्राप्त होगी वह भी सदा खुश हो जायेंगे . jiskō khuśhī prāpt hōgī vah bhī sadā khuśh hō jāyēṅgē . jō[pn.sg.kō] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sadā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . that[.kō] happiness reached be[fut.f.sg.23] that too constantly happy be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
144Those who attain happiness will also become constantly happy.
122जो भी आयेंगे बापदादा तो खुश है ही लेकिन आप भी खुशी लेके जा रहे हो खुशी ले जा रहे हो इतनी खुशी जमा की ? jō bhī āyēṅgē bāpdādā tō khuśh hai hī lēkin āp bhī khuśhī lēkē jā rahē hō khuśhī lē jā rahē hō itnī khuśhī jamā kī ? jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] bāpdādā tō khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lēnā[abs.] jānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lē jānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jamā karnā[past-part.f.] ? that too come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] BapDada then happy be[pres.sg.23] only but you too happiness take[abs.] go[pres.pl.m.prog.2] happiness carry such happiness accumulate ?
145Whoever comes, BapDada is pleased anyway, but you are also going with happiness. 146You are going back with happiness; so, have you accumulated that much happiness?
123की है ना . kī hai nā . karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā . do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅ .
147You have, have you not?
124तो खूब बांटना . tō khūb bāṇṭnā . tō khūb[adj.] bāṇṭnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then a lot distribute[inf.m.sg.d.] .
148Share lots of happiness.
125अपना अनुभव सुनायेंगे ना तो सुनाना हम कहाँ से आये हैं . apnā anubhav sunāyēṅgē nā tō sunānā ham kahā̃ sē āyē haĩ . apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā tō sunānā[inf.m.sg.d.] ham[pn.pl.] kahā̃ sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . (adopt[root]|one’s own) experience speak[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ then speak[inf.m.sg.d.] we where from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
149When you share your experience, tell people where you have just come from.
126खुशी के स्थान से आये हैं आपके लिए भी खुशी लाये हैं . khuśhī kē|K sthān sē āyē haĩ āpkē liē bhī khuśhī lāyē haĩ . khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] āp[pn.pl.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē bhī[p.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . happiness (of|K) place from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] you[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) too happiness x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
150You have come from the place of happiness and you have also brought happiness for them.
127अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
151It is very good.
128बहुत आते हैं आजकल आधा क्लास तो पहले बारी वालों का होता है . bahut ātē haĩ ājkal ādhā class tō pahlē bārī vālō̃ kā hōtā hai . bahut ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ājkal ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] class tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . very come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nowadays half class then (x|firstly) x those who of be[pres.sg.m.23] .
152Many people come nowadays. 153Half the class is usually those who have come for the first time.
129आप सभी पहले बारी आये हो अच्छा . āp sabhī pahlē bārī āyē hō achchhā . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . you all (x|firstly) x come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] achcha .
154All of you have come for the first time.
130बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .
155Good! 156Very good.
131बापदादा सारे परिवार के साथ आपको अपने घर में पहले बारी आने की मुबारक दे रहे हैं . bāpdādā sārē parivār kē sāth āpkō apnē ghar mē̃ pahlē bārī ānē kī|key mubārak dē rahē haĩ . bāpdādā sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] āp[pn.pl.kō] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada the whole family with you[.kō] one’s own home in (x|firstly) x (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
157BapDada and the whole family are congratulating you for coming to your home for the first time.
132बस यह याद रखना मेरा बाबा मेरा बाबा भूलना नहीं क्योंकि बाबा से वर्सा मिलता है . bas yah yād rakhnā mērā bābā mērā bābā bhūlnā nahī̃ kyōṅki bābā sē varsā miltā hai . basnā[root]|bas yah[pn.sg.d.] yād rakhnā[x] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā bhūlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kyōṅki bābā sē[postp.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . (x[root]|simply) this remember I[.kā] Baba I[.kā] Baba forget[inf.m.sg.d.] not because Baba from inheritance receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
158Simply remember "My Baba". 159Do not forget "My Baba" because you receive an inheritance from Baba.
133जो अप्राप्त वस्तु है वह प्राप्त होती है . jō aprāpta vastu hai vah prāpt hōtī hai . jō[pn.;d.] aprāpt[adj.] vastu[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . that unattained thing be[pres.sg.23] that reached be[pres.sg.f.23] .
160You attain whatever was not yet attained.
134अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
161Achcha.
135सब खुश हो रहे हैं हमारे भाई अपने घर में आ गये . sab khuśh hō rahē haĩ hamārē bhāī apnē ghar mē̃ ā gayē . sab[adj.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.kē] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . all happy be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] we[.kē] (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) one’s own home in come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
162Everyone is happy that our brothers and sisters have come home.
136 ( ताली बजाओ ) अच्छा . ( tālī bajāō ) achchhā . ( tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . ( clapping play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ) achcha .
163You may applaud. 164Achcha.
137सेवा का टर्न - ईस्टर्न जोन ( आसाम उड़ीसा बंगाल बिहार ) नेपाल तामिलनाडु बांगला देश ( टोटल 17 हजार आये हैं ) सभी जो सेन्टर पर रहने वाले हैं वह खड़े रहो बाकी बैठ जाओ . sēvā kā turn - eastern zone ( āsām uṛīsā baṅgāl bihār ) nēpāl tāmilnāḍu Bāṅglā dēśh ( total 17 hajār āyē haĩ ) sabhī jō centre par rahnē vālē haĩ vah khaṛē rahō bākī baiṭh jāō . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum - eastern zone ( x uṛīsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] baṅgāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] bihār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ) nēpāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] x x dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ( total 17 hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) sab[adv.hī] jō[pn.;d.] centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] khaṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bākī|bākī baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . service of you - x zone ( x Orrisa Bengal Bihar ) x x x land ( total 17 1000 come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) all that centre (at|other) remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] that standing remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (but|others) sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
165It is the turn of the Eastern Zone (Assam, Orissa, Bengal, Bihar), Nepal, Tamil Nadu and Bangladesh to serve: (17,000 have come from these places). 166Those who live at the centres remain standing and the others can sit down.
138बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .
167Very good.
139यह जोन सबसे बड़ा जोन है . yah zone sabsē baṛā zone hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] zone sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] zone hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this zone the most very zone be[pres.sg.23] .
168This zone is the biggest zone of all.
140और एडीशन वाले जोन वह भी कम नहीं हैं इसलिए अभी जो भी टीचर्स आई हैं या सेन्टर पर रहने वाले आये हैं उन्हों को विशेष बापदादा मुबारक दे रहे हैं . aur addition vālē zone vah bhī cum|kam nahī̃ haĩ isliē abhī jō bhī teachers āī haĩ yā centre par rahnē vālē āyē haĩ unhō̃ kō viśhēṣh bāpdādā mubārak dē rahē haĩ . aur addition vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] zone vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] isliē ab[adv.hī] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] teacher ānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] yā centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] bāpdādā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . and addition those who zone that too (x|less) not be[pres.pl.12hon3] therefore now that too teacher come[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] or centre (at|other) remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that to special BapDada congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
169However, the other zones are no less and this is why BapDada is specially congratulating the teachers and those who live at the centres.
141सेवाधारी अपनी सेवा का चैतन्य चित्र साथ में लाये हैं . sēvādhārī apnī sēvā kā chaitanya chitra sāth mē̃ lāyē haĩ . sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chaitanya[n.m.;sg.,d.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . server one’s own service of living picture with in x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
170The servers have brought the live image of your service.
142बापदादा खुश है क्योंकि देखा गया है कि हर एक ने अपने-अपने स्थान में वृद्धि करने का लक्ष्य अच्छा रखा है . bāpdādā khuśh hai kyōṅki dēkhā gayā hai ki har ēk nē apnē-apnē sthān mē̃ vr̥iddhi karnē kā lakṣhya achchhā rakhā hai . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.passive] ki[conj.] har ēk[x] nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] because (see[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|see[pres-perf.sg.m.23.passive]) that each one ∅ one’s own place in growth do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of aim achcha keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
171BapDada is pleased because it is seen that all of you have kept a very good aim of making service grow at your own places.
143मेहनत तो की है लेकिन मेहनत का फल भी मिल रहा है इसकी मुबारक है . mēhnat tō kī hai lēkin mēhnat kā phal bhī mil rahā hai iskī mubārak hai . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] tō karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] lēkin mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] yah[pn.sg.kī] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . effort then do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] but effort of fruit too receive[pres.sg.m.prog.23] this[.kī] congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .
172You have worked hard and you are receiving the fruit of your efforts; congratulations for this.
144अभी क्या करना है ? abhī kyā karnā hai ? ab[adv.hī] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? now what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
173What are you going to do now?
145अभी जो बापदादा ने पहले भी कहा है कि वारिस क्वालिटी और ऐसे माइक जिनका प्रभाव दुनिया पर पड़ता है ऐसे माइक और वारिस जितना बड़ा जोन है इतने ही बड़े दोनों ही प्रकार के निकालो . abhī jō bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī kahā hai ki vāris quality aur aisē mike jinkā prabhāv duniyā par paṛtā hai aisē mike aur vāris jitnā baṛā zone hai itnē hī baṛē dōnō̃ hī prakār kē|K nikālō . ab[adv.hī] jō[pn.;d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality aur aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mike jō[pn.pl.kā] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mike aur vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] zone hōnā[pres.sg.23] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dōnō̃ hī[p.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now that BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that heir x and such mike that[.kā] x world (at|other) fall[pres.sg.m.23] such mike and heir the more very zone be[pres.sg.23] such only very x only form (of|K) x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
174BapDada told you earlier, too, to find heir-quality souls and "mike" souls who can have an impact on the world; the bigger the zone, the greater number there should be of both these types of soul.
146किसी भी वर्ग वाले हों लेकिन आपका बड़ा जोन है तो बड़े जोन से मिलकर ऐसी संख्या मधुबन घर में आनी चाहिए . kisī bhī varg vālē hō̃ lēkin āpkā baṛā zone hai tō baṛē zone sē milkar aisī saṅkhyā madhuban ghar mē̃ ānī chāhiē . kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] lēkin āp[pn.pl.kā] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] zone hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] zone sē[postp.] milnā[abs.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[.oblig3] . (anything|some) too profession those who be[opt.pl.12hon3] but you[.kā] very zone be[pres.sg.23] then very zone from receive[abs.] such x Madhuban home in come[.oblig3] .
175They may be from any of the wings. 176Your zone is very big and, therefore, a big zone should get together and bring such souls to your home in Madhuban.
147अभी ऐसे तैयार करो जो वह आपके जोन का नम्बर सामने आवे . abhī aisē taiyār karō jō vah āpkē zone kā number sāmnē āvē . ab[adv.hī] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] zone kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] number sāmnē ānā[opt.sg.23] . now such x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that that you[.kē] zone of number x come[opt.sg.23] .
177Now prepare such souls so that the number of your zone comes ahead.
148करते तो होंगे यह बाप जानता है कि जो भी निमित्त हैं वह सेवा के बिना रह नहीं सकते लेकिन यहाँ तक पहुंचें यह रिजल्ट बापदादा देखने चाहते हैं . kartē tō hōṅgē yah bāp jāntā hai ki jō bhī nimitt haĩ vah sēvā kē|K binā rah nahī̃ saktē lēkin yahā̃ tak pahuñchē̃ yah result bāpdādā dēkhnē chāhtē haĩ . karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin yahā̃ tak pahuñchnā[opt.pl.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.d.] result bāpdādā dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] this father know[pres.sg.m.23] that that too instrument be[pres.pl.12hon3] that service (of|K) without remain[root] not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] but here until reach[opt.pl.12hon3] this result BapDada see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
178You may already be doing this. 179The Father knows that instruments cannot avoid doing service, but BapDada wants to see you achieve this result.
149बाकी आप तो हो ही अच्छे ते अच्छे क्योंकि बाप के गद्दी के मालिक बन गये . bākī āp tō hō hī achchhē tē achchhē kyōṅki bāp kē|K gaddī kē|K mālik ban gayē . bākī|bākī āp[pn.pl.] tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K gaddī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . (but|others) you then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only achcha from achcha because father (of|K) throne (of|K) master become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
180You are the best of all because you have become masters of the Father's gaddi.
150बाबा टीचर्स को गुरूभाई कहते हैं . bābā teachers kō gurūbhāī kahtē haĩ . bābā teacher kō[postp.] gurū-bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . Baba teacher to guru-bhai say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
181Baba calls the teachers "guru-bhais".
151तो हे गुरूभाई अभी हर एक स्थान से आने चाहिए . tō hē gurūbhāī abhī har ēk sthān sē ānē chāhiē . tō hē gurū-bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] har ēk[x] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ānā[.oblig3] . then x guru-bhai now each one place from come[.oblig3] .
182O guru-bhais, these should now come from all the places.
152ठीक है ना ! ṭhīk hai nā ! ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
183Is this all right?
153अच्छा है पुरूषार्थ कर रहे हो और सफलता मिलनी ही है . achchhā hai purūṣhārth kar rahē hō aur saphaltā milnī hī hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] puruṣhārth karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] aur saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] milnā[inf.f.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] effort do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] and success receive[inf.f.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
184It is good that you are making effort and you will definitely achieve success.
154कोई बड़ी बात नहीं है . kōī baṛī bāt nahī̃ hai . kōī[pn.;d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . some very matter not be[pres.sg.23] .
185It is not a big deal.
155कोई बड़ा प्रोग्राम करो जिससे कनेक्शन बढ़े . kōī baṛā programme karō jissē connection baṛhē . kōī[pn.;d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.sg.sē] connection baṛhnā[opt.sg.23]|baṛhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . some very programme do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that[.sē] connection (grow[opt.sg.23]|grow[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
186Hold a big programme through which the connections can increase.
156आजकल बापदादा जो भी जोन सेवा कर रहे हैं उनकी रिजल्ट सुनते हैं तो सहज ही वृद्धि भी हो रही है और माइक भी तैयार हो रहे हैं इसलिए इस जोन में भी सफलता हुई पड़ी है . ājkal bāpdādā jō bhī zone sēvā kar rahē haĩ unkī result suntē haĩ tō sahaj hī vr̥iddhi bhī hō rahī hai aur mike bhī taiyār hō rahē haĩ isliē is zone mē̃ bhī saphaltā huī paṛī hai . ājkal bāpdādā jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] zone sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kī] result sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō sahaj[adj.] hī[p.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] aur mike bhī[p.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] isliē yah[pn.sg.o.] zone mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+paṛnā] . nowadays BapDada that too zone service do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that[.kī] result listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then easy only growth too be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] and mike too x be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] therefore this zone in too success be[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+paṛnā] .
187Regardless of the zone, the result of service BapDada hears of nowadays is that growth is taking place easily and mikes are also getting ready and this is why it is said that this zone has already achieved success.
157अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
188Achcha.
158डबल विदेशी : बापदादा को यह बहुत अच्छा लगता है जो मधुबन में आके आपस में भी मिलते बाप से भी मिलते और सर्विस की लेन देन भी करते बाबा ने पहले भी कहा है कि यह साधन बापदादा को अच्छा लगता है . double vidēśhī : bāpdādā kō yah bahut achchhā lagtā hai jō madhuban mē̃ ākē āpas mē̃ bhī miltē bāp sē bhī miltē aur service kī|key lēn dēn bhī kartē bābā nē pahlē bhī kahā hai ki yah sādhan bāpdādā kō achchhā lagtā hai . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] : bāpdādā kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bahut achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] jō[pn.;d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[abs.] āpas mē̃[x] bhī[p.] milnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] milnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] aur service[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key lēn[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēn[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bābā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . double foreigner : BapDada to this very enjoy that Madhuban in come[abs.] with each other too receive[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] father from too receive[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] and service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x gift too do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] Baba ∅ (x|firstly) too say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that this facilities BapDada to enjoy .
189Double foreigners: BapDada likes it very much that you come to Madhuban and meet one another. 190You meet the Father and you also exchange service news. 191BapDada told you earlier too that He likes this method.
159कितने देशों से आये हैं ? kitnē dēśhō̃ sē āyē haĩ ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? so land from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
192From how many countries have you all come?
160 ( 76 देशों से आये हैं ) तो यहाँ मधुबन में आके आप कितने देशों से मिलते हैं ? ( 76 dēśhō̃ sē āyē haĩ ) tō yahā̃ madhuban mē̃ ākē āp kitnē dēśhō̃ sē miltē haĩ ? ( 76 dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) tō yahā̃ madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[abs.] āp[pn.pl.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? ( 76 land from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) then here Madhuban in come[abs.] you so land from receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
193(76 countries.) 194When you come here to Madhuban, children of how many countries do you meet?
161इण्डिया के देश जितने भी आये हैं उतनों को नाम लो तो बहुत हो जायेंगे . india kē|K dēśh jitnē bhī āyē haĩ utnō̃ kō nām lō|low tō bahut hō jāyēṅgē . India kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] utnā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low tō bahut hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . India (of|K) land the more too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] x to name (take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low) then very be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
195If you were to calculate how many states of India everyone has come from, there would be many.
162तो आपसे इण्डिया वाले खुश हो जाते और आप इण्डिया वालों को देखके खुश हो जाते . tō āpsē india vālē khuśh hō jātē aur āp india vālō̃ kō dēkhkē khuśh hō jātē . tō āp[pn.pl.sē] India vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] aur āp[pn.pl.] India vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . then you[.sē] India those who happy (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] and you India those who to see[abs.] happy (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
196Those from India are happy to see you and you are happy to see those from India.
163दोनों का मिलन अच्छा हो जाता है . dōnō̃ kā milan achchhā hō jātā hai . dōnō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . x of meeting achcha be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
197The meeting of the two is good.
164आपस में मिलना अर्थात् उमंग भरना . āpas mē̃ milnā arthāt umaṅg bharnā . āpas mē̃[x] milnā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] bharnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . with each other receive[inf.m.sg.d.] that is zeal fill[inf.m.sg.d.] .
198To meet one another means to fill yourselves with enthusiasm.
165और तो कहाँ इतना बड़ा परिवार इकठ्ठा देख नहीं सकते मधुबन में ही इतना बड़ा परिवार देखते हो . aur tō kahā̃ itnā baṛā parivār ikaṭhṭhā dēkh nahī̃ saktē madhuban mē̃ hī itnā baṛā parivār dēkhtē hō . aur tō kahā̃ itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēkhnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.2] . and then where such very family together see[root] not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] Madhuban in only such very family see[pres.pl.m.2] .
199Nowhere else can you see such a big family together. 200You can only see such a big family in Madhuban.
166तो दिल में क्या आता है ? tō dil mē̃ kyā ātā hai ? tō dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kyā ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? then heart in what come[pres.sg.m.23] ?
201What do you feel in your hearts?
167वाह बाबा और वाह मेरा ईश्वरीय परिवार ! vāh bābā aur vāh mērā īśhvarīy parivār ! vāh bābā aur vāh maĩ[pn.sg.kā] īśhvarīy parivār[x] ! wah! Baba and wah! I[.kā] Godly family !
202Wah Baba! and wah my Godly family!
168और बापदादा को कितनी खुशी होती है अपने बच्चों को देख . aur bāpdādā kō kitnī khuśhī hōtī hai apnē bachchō̃ kō dēkh . aur bāpdādā kō[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] . and BapDada to so happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] one’s own child to see[root] .
203BapDada is so pleased to see His children.
169वैसे तो अमृतवेले बापदादा सभी तरफ चक्र लगाते हैं उनके लिए चक्र लगाना क्या बड़ी बात है . vaisē tō amr̥itvēlē bāpdādā sabhī taraph chakra lagātē haĩ unkē liē chakra lagānā kyā baṛī bāt hai . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] chakra lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē chakra lagānā[x] kyā baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x then amrit vela BapDada all direction be around the cycle that[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) be around the cycle what very matter be[pres.sg.23] .
204In fact, BapDada tours around everywhere at amrit vela. 205It is not a big thing for him to go everywhere.
170और बापदादा ने यह भी कह दिया है कि चार बजे के मिलन की विशेषता यह भी है कि 4 बजे बापदादा सभी बच्चों को सहज ही वरदान देते हैं . aur bāpdādā nē yah bhī kah diyā hai ki chār bajē kē|K milan kī|key viśhēṣhtā yah bhī hai ki 4 bajē bāpdādā sabhī bachchō̃ kō sahaj hī vardān dētē haĩ . aur bāpdādā nē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] ki[conj.] chār[adj.] bajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bajnā[opt.sg.23]|bajā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] 4 bajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bajnā[opt.sg.23]|bajā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sahaj[adj.] hī[p.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . and BapDada ∅ this too say[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] that four (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|o'clock) (of|K) meeting (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality this too be[pres.sg.23] that 4 (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|o'clock) BapDada all child to easy only blessing give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
206BapDada has already told you that the speciality of meeting at 4.00 am is also that at that time BapDada gives blessings to all the children easily.
171वरदान दाता का पार्ट अमृतवेले होता है विशेष . vardān dātā kā part amr̥itvēlē hōtā hai viśhēṣh . vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] viśhēṣh[adj.] . blessing bestower of part amrit vela be[pres.sg.m.23] special .
207The part of the Bestower of Blessings is specially at amrit vela.
172जो भी वरदान चाहिए वह बापदादा दे देते हैं . jō bhī vardān chāhiē vah bāpdādā dē dētē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] vah[pn.sg.d.] bāpdādā dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . that too blessing (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) that BapDada give[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] .
208BapDada gives you whatever blessings you want.
173ट्रायल करके देखना . trial karkē dēkhnā . trial karnā[abs.] dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . try do[abs.] see[inf.m.sg.d.] .
209Just try it and see!
174लेकिन आप सभी भी वरदान लेने के लिए अलर्ट रहना . lēkin āp sabhī bhī vardān lēnē kē liē alert rahnā . lēkin āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] alert rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . but you all too blessing take[inf.m.pl.,o.] for alert remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
210However, in order to claim a blessing, all of you have to stay alert.
175अगर अलर्ट नहीं रहे तो बापदादा चक्र लगाके चला जायेगा और आप सोचते रहेंगे . agar alert nahī̃ rahē tō bāpdādā chakra lagākē chalā jāyēgā aur āp sōchtē rahē̃gē . agar alert nahī̃[neg] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō bāpdādā chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[abs.] chalnā[fut.m.sg.23.past-part+jānā]|chalānā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā]|chalnā[fut.m.sg.23.passive] aur āp[pn.pl.] sōchnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . if alert not (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) then BapDada (cycle|x) attach[abs.] (continue[fut.m.sg.23.past-part+jānā]|x[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā]|continue[fut.m.sg.23.passive]) and you think[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
211If you don't stay alert, BapDada will visit and leave and you will just be thinking about it.
176इसलिए अमृतवेले का महत्व देते तो हैं लेकिन और अटेन्शन देना . isliē amr̥itvēlē kā mahatva dētē tō haĩ lēkin aur attention dēnā . isliē amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin aur attention dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . therefore amrit vela of importance give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then be[pres.pl.12hon3] but and attention give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
212You do give importance to amrit vela, but now pay more attention!
177बापदादा ने देखा है कि समय अनुसार सेवा भी बढ़ रही है और सेवा के कारण बाप से वरदान लेना उससे दूर रह नहीं सकते . bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai ki samay anusār sēvā bhī baṛh rahī hai aur sēvā kē|K kāraṇ bāp sē vardān lēnā ussē dūr rah nahī̃ saktē . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] anusār sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] baṛhnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.sē] dūr[adj.] rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that time according to service too grow[pres.sg.f.prog.23] and service (of|K) because father from blessing take[inf.m.sg.d.] that[.sē] distant remain[root] not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
213BapDada has seen that, according to the time, service is growing. 214Because of service you cannot stay away from the Father in order to claim your blessings.
178बाकी डबल फारेनर्स मैजारिटी पुरूषार्थ करते भी हैं फिर भी अटेन्शन को अन्डरलाइन करना . bākī double foreigners majority purūṣhārth kartē bhī haĩ phir bhī attention kō underline karnā . bākī|bākī double foreigner majority puruṣhārth karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] phir bhī[x] attention kō[postp.] underline karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (but|others) double foreigner majority effort do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] nevertheless attention to underline do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
215The majority of double foreigners do make effort, however you have to underline paying attention.
179बाकी बापदादा मधुबन में कैसे भी पहुंच जाते हो उसकी विशेष सभी बच्चों को मुबारक दे रहे हैं . bākī bāpdādā madhuban mē̃ kaisē bhī pahuñch jātē hō uskī viśhēṣh sabhī bachchō̃ kō mubārak dē rahē haĩ . bākī|bākī bāpdādā madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] pahuñchnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] vah[pn.sg.kī] viśhēṣh[adj.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . (but|others) BapDada Madhuban in how too reach[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] that[.kī] special all child to congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
216BapDada congratulates all the children for reaching Madhuban, no matter how.
180बापदादा ने सुना कि जो बापदादा ने संस्कार के ऊपर इशारा दिया है उसके ऊपर समझते हैं कि हमें करना ही है और करने के लिए रोज अमृतवेले जैसे स्वमान रखते हैं उसके साथ-साथ कोई एक भिन्न-भिन्न प्रकार से एक संस्कार के ऊपर अटेन्शन दो आज के दिन इस संस्कार के ऊपर विशेष अटेन्शन देना है और फिर रात्रि को जब बापदादा को अपने सारे दिन का चार्ट देते हो उस समय उस संस्कार की रिजल्ट भी विशेष सुनाओ तो विशेष अटेन्शन हो जायेगा किसी न किसी संस्कार के ऊपर अटेन्शन रखना है तो जैसे याद के ऊपर अटेन्शन देते हो उसके साथ-साथ उसी समय यह भी रिजल्ट बापदादा को दो . bāpdādā nē sunā ki jō bāpdādā nē saṅskār kē ūpar iśhārā diyā hai uskē ūpar samajhtē haĩ ki hamē̃ karnā hī hai aur karnē kē liē rōj amr̥itvēlē jaisē svamān rakhtē haĩ uskē sāth-sāth kōī ēk bhinn-bhinn prakār sē ēk saṅskār kē ūpar attention dō āj kē|K din is saṅskār kē ūpar viśhēṣh attention dēnā hai aur phir rātri kō jab bāpdādā kō apnē sārē din kā chart dētē hō us samay us saṅskār kī|key result bhī viśhēṣh sunāō tō viśhēṣh attention hō jāyēgā kisī na kisī saṅskār kē ūpar attention rakhnā hai tō jaisē yād kē ūpar attention dētē hō uskē sāth-sāth usī samay yah bhī result bāpdādā kō dō . bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] saṅskār[x] kē ūpar[x] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] uskā[pn.sg.kē] ūpar samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kō] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] rōz amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svamān[x] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] uskā[pn.sg.kē] sāth-sāth kōī[pn.;d.] ēk[adj.] bhinn[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ēk[adj.] saṅskār[x] kē ūpar[x] attention dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āj kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K din[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] saṅskār[x] kē ūpar[x] viśhēṣh[adj.] attention dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] aur phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] rātri[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] jab bāpdādā kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chart dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.o.] saṅskār[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key result bhī[p.] viśhēṣh[adj.] sunānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō viśhēṣh[adj.] attention hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] na[neg] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] saṅskār[x] kē ūpar[x] attention rakhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yād[n.f.;sg.] kē ūpar[x] attention dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] uskā[pn.sg.kē] sāth-sāth vah[pn.sg.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] result bāpdādā kō[postp.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . BapDada ∅ (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) that that BapDada ∅ sanskar over signal give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] of that[.kē] over understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that we[.kō] do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] and do[inf.m.pl.,o.] for day amrit vela like self-respect keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] of that[.kē] x some one different form from one sanskar over attention (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) today (of|K) day this sanskar over special attention give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] and (turn[root]|then) night to when BapDada to one’s own the whole day of chart give[pres.pl.m.2] that time that sanskar (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) result too special speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then special attention be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] (anything|some) not (anything|some) sanskar over attention keep[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then like remembrance over attention give[pres.pl.m.2] of that[.kē] x that[.hī] time this too result BapDada to (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .
217BapDada has heard that children understand that they definitely have to fulfil the signal that BapDada gave regarding sanskars. 218In order to accomplish that, just as you use a point for self-respect at amrit vela, together with that, pay attention to one particular sanskar in a specific way: "Today I am going to pay special attention to this sanskar." 219Then, at night, when you give BapDada your chart of the whole day, also tell Baba the result for that sanskar and that will specially draw your attention. 220You have to pay attention to one sanskar or another. 221Just as you pay attention to remembrance, at the same time, together with that, give BapDada this result.
181अगर मानो आप चाहते हो लेकिन उस दिन आपके सामने कोई संस्कार मिटाने का कार्य नहीं हुआ तो अपने आपको बाप की मुबारक देना और रोज ऐसे बाप की मुबारक विशेष इस संस्कार प्रति लेते जाना तो संस्कार कार्य में आने में कमी पड़ती जायेगी . agar mānō āp chāhtē hō lēkin us din āpkē sāmnē kōī saṅskār miṭānē kā kārya nahī̃ huā tō apnē āpkō bāp kī|key mubārak dēnā aur rōj aisē bāp kī|key mubārak viśhēṣh is saṅskār prati lētē jānā tō saṅskār kārya mē̃ ānē mē̃ kamī paṛtī jāyēgī . agar mānnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āp[pn.pl.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin vah[pn.sg.o.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] sāmnē kōī[pn.;d.] saṅskār[x] miṭānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kō] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur rōz aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] viśhēṣh[adj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] saṅskār[x] prati lēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō saṅskār[x] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] paṛnā[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] . if x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] you x[pres.pl.m.2] but that day you[.kē] x some sanskar x[inf.m.pl.,o.] of task not be[past-part.m.sg.d.] then one’s own you[.kō] father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations give[inf.m.sg.d.] and day such father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations special this sanskar for take[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) then sanskar task in (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) in x fall[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] .
222If you wish to finish the sanskar, but cannot succeed in finishing that sanskar on that day, then congratulate yourself from BapDada. 223Every day, continue to receive congratulations from the Father for that particular sanskar, and you will then see that the use of that sanskar will decrease.
182तो जैसे योग के बारे में चेक करते हो वैसे संस्कार के लिए रोज आता नहीं है कभी-कभी आता है जो पुरूषार्थी हैं उनका बाईचांस पेपर आता है बाकी रोज नहीं आता है . tō jaisē yōg kē bārē mē̃ check kartē hō vaisē saṅskār kē liē rōj ātā nahī̃ hai kabhī-kabhī ātā hai jō purūṣhārthī haĩ unkā bychance paper ātā hai bākī rōj nahī̃ ātā hai . tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bārē mē̃[x] check karnā[pres.pl.m.2] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] kē liē[x] rōz ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kabhī[adv.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] jō[pn.;d.] purūṣhārthī[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kā] by chance paper ānā[pres.sg.m.23] bākī|bākī rōz nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . then like yoga x check do[pres.pl.m.2] x sanskar for day come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] ever come[pres.sg.m.23] that effort-maker be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.kā] by chance paper come[pres.sg.m.23] (but|others) day not come[pres.sg.m.23] .
224You check yourself in yoga, but you don't check your sanskars in the same way every day but only sometimes. 225Effort-makers get this paper by chance, not every day.
183लेकिन चेकिंग रोज होगी तो यह भी अटेन्शन टेन्शन को खत्म करता जायेगा . lēkin checking rōj hōgī tō yah bhī attention tension kō khatm kartā jāyēgā . lēkin checking rōz hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] attention tension kō[postp.] ḵẖatm[adj.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] . but x day be[fut.f.sg.23] then this too attention tension to finished do[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] .
226However, the checking will take place every day, and this attention will finish all tension.
184क्योंकि बापदादा ने देखा है फॉरेन वालों में से कोई-कोई बच्चे कोई कार्य शुरू करते हैं तो अटेन्शन देते हैं . kyōṅki bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai foreign vālō̃ mē̃ sē kōī-kōī bachchē kōī kārya śhurū kartē haĩ tō attention dētē haĩ . kyōṅki bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] foreign vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] sē[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō attention dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . because BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] abroad those who in from some child some task beginning do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then attention give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
227BapDada saw that when children from abroad begin any task, they definitely do pay attention to it.
185तो अटेन्शन देने वाले ही मुक्ति प्राप्त कर सकते हैं . tō attention dēnē vālē hī mukti prāpt kar saktē haĩ . tō attention dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] prāpt karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . then attention give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who only liberation reach .
228Only those who pay attention are able to attain liberation.
186बाबा का भी वरदान है . bābā kā bhī vardān hai . bābā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Baba of too blessing be[pres.sg.23] .
229You also have Baba's blessing.
187समझा . samjhā . samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .
230Do you understand?
188अभी इसके पीछे लग जायेंगे ना रोज चेकिंग करेंगे ना रिजल्ट तो संस्कार स्वयं ही ढीला हो जायेगा . abhī iskē pīchhē lag jāyēṅgē nā rōj checking karē̃gē nā result tō saṅskār svayã hī ḍhīlā hō jāyēgā . ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.kē] pīchhē lagnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] nā rōz checking karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā result tō saṅskār[x] svayã hī[p.] ḍhīlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . now this[.kē] x x[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] ∅ day x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ result then sanskar x only x be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
231When all of you engage yourselves in this fully and check yourself daily, the result will be that that sanskar itself will become slack.
189और जो बापदादा चाहता है कि संस्कार की सबजेक्ट में नम्बरवन जाओ जो संस्कार चाहते हो वही कार्य में लगे . aur jō bāpdādā chāhtā hai ki saṅskār kī|key subject mē̃ number one jāō jō saṅskār chāhtē hō vahī kārya mē̃ lagē . aur jō[pn.;d.] bāpdādā chāhnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] saṅskār[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key subject mē̃[postp.] number one jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] saṅskār[x] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.2] vahī kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|lagnā[opt.sg.23]|lagā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . and that BapDada x[pres.sg.m.23] that sanskar (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) subject in number one go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that sanskar x[pres.pl.m.2] this task in (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|x) .
232BapDada wants you to claim number one in the subject of sanskars, so that you only use the sanskars that you want to use.
190हो जायेगा . hō jāyēgā . hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
233This will happen.
191अटेन्शन में आया है ना तो हो जायेगा . attention mē̃ āyā hai nā tō hō jāyēgā . attention mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā tō hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . attention in come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ then be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
234Once your attention is drawn to it, it will happen.
192लेकिन अटेन्शन देना ऐसे नहीं हो जायेगा लेकिन अटेन्शन देना पड़ेगा . lēkin attention dēnā aisē nahī̃ hō jāyēgā lēkin attention dēnā paṛēgā . lēkin attention dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aisē nahī̃[x] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] lēkin attention dēnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . but attention give[inf.m.sg.d.] it isn't that be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] but attention give[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .
235However, you have to pay attention. 236It will not happen just like that; you will have to pay attention.
193संगठन में ही यह संस्कार निकलते हैं क्यों ? saṅgaṭhan mē̃ hī yah saṅskār nikaltē haĩ kyō̃ ? saṅgaṭhan[x] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅskār[x] nikalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyō̃ ? gathering in only this sanskar be extracted[pres.pl.m.12hon3] why ?
237Why do these sanskars only emerge within the gathering?
194आपके चित्रों में जो पूजा करते हैं वह आपके संस्कार कितने अच्छे गाते हैं . āpkē chitrō̃ mē̃ jō pūjā kartē haĩ vah āpkē saṅskār kitnē achchhē gātē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.kē] chitra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|pūjā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] saṅskār[x] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] gānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . you[.kē] picture in that (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|worship) do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that you[.kē] sanskar so achcha sing[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
238Those who worship your images sing such wonderful praise of your sanskars.
195तो बने हैं तभी तो वर्णन करते हैं . tō banē haĩ tabhī tō varṇan kartē haĩ . tō bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] tabhī tō varṇan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] x then x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
239It was because you became that practically that they speak about it.
196अपना देवताई चित्र इमर्ज करो क्या गाते हैं ? apnā dēvtāī chitra emerge karō kyā gātē haĩ ? apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēvtāī[adj.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] emerge karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyā gānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? (adopt[root]|one’s own) x picture emerge do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] what sing[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
240Make your deity images emerge. 241What do people sing?
197ऐसे देवता तो बनना ही है ना . aisē dēvtā tō bannā hī hai nā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] tō bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . such deity then become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
242You have to become such deities, do you not?
198अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
243Achcha.
199बाकी सब डबल विदेशी पुरूषार्थ में सफलता का अनुभव करते रहते हैं ना ! bākī sab double vidēśhī purūṣhārth mē̃ saphaltā kā anubhav kartē rahtē haĩ nā ! bākī sab[x] double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] nā ! everything else double foreigner effort in success of experience do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] ∅ !
244All of you double foreigners keep experiencing success in your efforts, do you not?
200करते हैं ? kartē haĩ ? karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
245Do you?
201हाथ उठाओ जो सफलता अनुभव करते हैं . hāth uṭhāō jō saphaltā anubhav kartē haĩ . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . raise your hands that success experience do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
246Those who experience success, raise your hands!
202वाह ! vāh ! vāh ! wah! !
247Wah!
203हाथ तो अच्छे उठा रहे हैं . hāth tō achchhē uṭhā rahē haĩ . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . hand then achcha uplift[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
248You are all raising your hands very well.
204तो लक्ष्य रखेंगे अभी इसके पीछे अटेन्शन देना ही है . tō lakṣhya rakhē̃gē abhī iskē pīchhē attention dēnā hī hai . tō lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.kē] pīchhē attention dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then aim keep[fut.m.pl.12hon3] now this[.kē] x attention give[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
249So, you will keep the aim that you definitely have to pay attention to this.
205इसमें भी नम्बर लेना ही है . ismē̃ bhī number lēnā hī hai . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] bhī[p.] number lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this[.mē̃] too number take[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
250You definitely have to claim a number in this.
206तो आपको देख औरों को भी उमंग आयेगा क्योंकि आप निमित्त हो ना . tō āpkō dēkh aurō̃ kō bhī umaṅg āyēgā kyōṅki āp nimitt hō nā . tō āp[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[root] aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . then you[.kō] see[root] others to too zeal come[fut.m.sg.23] because you instrument (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ . 207और निमित्त वालों को बापदादा की विशेष मदद भी मिलती है . aur nimitt vālō̃ kō bāpdādā kī|key viśhēṣh madad bhī miltī hai . aur nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣh[adj.] madad[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] . and instrument those who to BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) special x too receive[pres.sg.f.23] .
251Seeing you, others will also be enthusiastic because you are the instruments, and instruments receive special help from BapDada.
208बाकी बाबा खुश है कि सेन्टर्स वृद्धि को प्राप्त होते रहते हैं . bākī bābā khuśh hai ki centres vr̥iddhi kō prāpt hōtē rahtē haĩ . bākī|bākī bābā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] centre vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . (but|others) Baba happy be[pres.sg.23] that centre growth to reached be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
252BapDada is pleased that the number of centres is increasing.
209पुरूषार्थ की तरफ अटेन्शन है लेकिन अभी परिवर्तन के निमित्त बनने वाले बनो तो आपको देख औरों को भी परिवर्तन शक्ति का उमंग आयेगा . purūṣhārth kī|key taraph attention hai lēkin abhī parivartan kē nimitt bannē vālē banō tō āpkō dēkh aurō̃ kō bhī parivartan śhakti kā umaṅg āyēgā . puruṣhārth karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] attention hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin ab[adv.hī] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō āp[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[root] aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] parivartan śhakti[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] . effort (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) direction attention be[pres.sg.23] but now transformation x become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then you[.kō] see[root] others to too x of zeal come[fut.m.sg.23] .
253You are paying attention to making effort, but now become those who are instruments to bring about transformation. 254Seeing you, others will also have enthusiasm for the power of transformation.
210बाकी बापदादा खुश है कि पुरूषार्थ में नम्बरवार तो होते ही हैं वह तो अन्डरस्टुड है लेकिन पुरूषार्थ की तरफ अटेन्शन है और बढ़ाना है . bākī bāpdādā khuśh hai ki purūṣhārth mē̃ number-vār tō hōtē hī haĩ vah tō understood hai lēkin purūṣhārth kī|key taraph attention hai aur baṛhānā hai . bākī|bākī bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] number-wār tō hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] tō understand hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin puruṣhārth karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] attention hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur baṛhānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . (but|others) BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] that effort in numberwise then be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only be[pres.pl.12hon3] that then understand be[pres.sg.23] but effort (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) direction attention be[pres.sg.23] and increase[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
255Although it is understood that it is numberwise in making effort, BapDada is pleased that you are paying attention to making effort; so you have to increase that now.
211बाकी बापदादा की रोज यादप्यार तो मिलती रहती है . bākī bāpdādā kī|key rōj yādpyār tō miltī rahtī hai . bākī|bākī bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rōz yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō milnā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+rahnā] . (but|others) BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) day love, remembrance then receive[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
256You continue to receive BapDada's love and remembrance every day.
212देखो घर बैठे भी बापदादा की यादप्यार एक दिन भी मिस नहीं होता अगर रोज विधिपूर्वक मुरली पढ़ते हैं तो . dēkhō ghar baiṭhē bhī bāpdādā kī|key yādpyār ēk din bhī miss nahī̃ hōtā agar rōj vidhipūrvak murlī paṛhtē haĩ tō . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] bhī[p.] bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] miss nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] agar rōz vidhipūrvak murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] paṛhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] home (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) too BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) love, remembrance one day too miss not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] if day with discipline flute study[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then .
257Look, even while sitting at home, you don't miss out on receiving BapDada's love and remembrance for even one day, if you are reading a murli with discipline every day.
213एक दिन भी यादप्यार मिस नहीं करते . ēk din bhī yādpyār miss nahī̃ kartē . ēk[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] miss nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . one day too love, remembrance miss not do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
258He doesn't miss out on giving love and remembrance for even a single day.
214मिलती है ना ! miltī hai nā ! milnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā ! receive[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ !
259You do receive it, do you not?
215मिलती है ? miltī hai ? milnā[pres.sg.f.23] ? receive[pres.sg.f.23] ?
260Do you?
216यादप्यार मिलती है रोज . yādpyār miltī hai rōj . yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] rōz . love, remembrance receive[pres.sg.f.23] day .
261You receive love and remembrance every day.
217सभी को मिलती है ना ? sabhī kō miltī hai nā ? sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā ? all to receive[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ ?
262All of you receive it, do you not?
218यह है बापदादा के प्यार की निशानी . yah hai bāpdādā kē|K pyār kī|key niśhānī . yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . this be[pres.sg.23] BapDada (of|K) love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign .
263This is a sign of BapDada's love.
219मुरली मिस तो यादप्यार भी मिस . murlī miss tō yādpyār bhī miss . murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] miss tō yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] miss . flute miss then love, remembrance too miss .
264If you miss a murli, you miss His love and remembrance.
220सिर्फ मुरली नहीं मिस की लेकिन बापदादा का यादप्यार वरदान सब मिस किया . sirph murlī nahī̃ miss kī|key lēkin bāpdādā kā yādpyār vardān sab miss kiyā . sirph[adj.] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] miss karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key lēkin bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adj.] miss karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . only flute not miss (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) but BapDada of love, remembrance blessing all miss do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
265You then don't just miss that murli, you also miss out on BapDada's love and remembrance and His blessings.
221मुरली तो पढ़ भी लेंगे लेकिन जो समय फिक्स है बापदादा की यादप्यार लेने का वह तो मिस हुआ ना . murlī tō paṛh bhī lē̃gē lēkin jō samay fix hai bāpdādā kī|key yādpyār lēnē kā vah tō miss huā nā . murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō paṛhnā[root] bhī[p.] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin jō[pn.;d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] fix hōnā[pres.sg.23] bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] tō miss hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā . flute then study[root] too take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but that time fix be[pres.sg.23] BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) love, remembrance take[inf.m.pl.,o.] of that then miss be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ .
266You can catch up on the murli, but the time that is fixed for receiving love and remembrance from BapDada was missed, was it not?
222तो उमंग है इस पर बापदादा खुश भी है . tō umaṅg hai is par bāpdādā khuśh bhī hai . tō umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then zeal be[pres.sg.23] this (at|other) BapDada happy too be[pres.sg.23] .
267BapDada is pleased that you are enthusiastic about this.
223अच्छा मुरली मिस करने वाले हैं ? achchhā murlī miss karnē vālē haĩ ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] miss karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? achcha flute miss do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
268Achcha. 269Is there anyone who misses a murli?
224डबल फॉरेनर्स में हैं कोई है जो मुरली मिस करता हो ? double foreigners mē̃ haĩ kōī hai jō murlī miss kartā hō ? double foreigner mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] kōī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] miss karnā[x] ? double foreigner in be[pres.pl.12hon3] some be[pres.sg.23] that flute miss do[x] ?
270Among the double foreigners, is there anyone here who misses a murli?
225कारण से ? kāraṇ sē ? kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ? because from ?
271For any reason?
226नहीं है . nahī̃ hai . nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . not be[pres.sg.23] .
272There isn't anyone.
227नहीं मिस करते . nahī̃ miss kartē . nahī̃[neg] miss karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . not miss do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
273No, they don't miss it.
228एक ने उठाया है . ēk nē uṭhāyā hai . ēk[adj.] nē[postp.] uṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . one ∅ uplift[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
274One person raised her hand.
229अभी मिस नहीं करना मुरली मिस नहीं करना . abhī miss nahī̃ karnā murlī miss nahī̃ karnā . ab[adv.hī] miss nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] miss nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now miss not do[inf.m.sg.d.] flute miss not do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
275Now, do not miss it! 276Do not miss the murli!
230चाहे फोन द्वारा सुनो . chāhē phone dvārā sunō . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] phone dvārā sunnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x through listen[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
277You can even listen to it over the phone.
231पढ़ नहीं सकते हैं तो कैसे भी सुनो जरूर . paṛh nahī̃ saktē haĩ tō kaisē bhī sunō jarūr . paṛhnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] sunnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] zarūr . study[root] not can[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then how too listen[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] definitely .
278If you can't read it, then, somehow definitely listen to it.
232हाजिरी जरूर लगाओ . hājirī jarūr lagāō . hāzirī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] zarūr lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x definitely attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
279Definitely give your present mark.
233अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
280Achcha.
234बाकी जो भी सभा में आये हैं नये भी हैं पुराने भी हैं तो यह पक्का पक्का पक्का नोट करो मुरली नहीं मिस करनी है . bākī jō bhī sabhā mē̃ āyē haĩ nayē bhī haĩ purānē bhī haĩ tō yah pakkā pakkā pakkā note karō murlī nahī̃ miss karnī hai . bākī|bākī jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] note karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] miss karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . (but|others) that too court in come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] new too be[pres.pl.12hon3] old too be[pres.pl.12hon3] then this firm firm firm note do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] flute not miss do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
281All those who have come to this gathering, new as well as old ones, note down very, very, very well that you must not miss the murli.
235क्योंकि बाप रोज परमधाम से आते हैं कितना दूर से आते हैं बच्चों के लिए आता है ना ! kyōṅki bāp rōj paramdhām sē ātē haĩ kitnā dūr sē ātē haĩ bachchō̃ kē liē ātā hai nā ! kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] rōz paramdhām[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dūr[adj.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē liē[x] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ! because father day x from come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] so distant from come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] child for come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ !
282BapDada comes from the supreme abode every day; He comes from so far away; He comes for the children.
236जैसे बाप मुरली मिस नहीं करते ऐसे बच्चों को भी मुरली मिस नहीं करना है . jaisē bāp murlī miss nahī̃ kartē aisē bachchō̃ kō bhī murlī miss nahī̃ karnā hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] miss nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] miss nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . like father flute miss not do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] such child to too flute miss not do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
283Just as the Father never misses the murli, in the same way, children also should not miss a murli.
237अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
284Achcha.
238अभी जो मधुबन में आता है ना तो जैसे फार्म भरते हैं उसमें यह भी लिखो कि मुरली रोज सुनी या कितने दिन मिस किया ? abhī jō madhuban mē̃ ātā hai nā tō jaisē form bhartē haĩ usmē̃ yah bhī likhō ki murlī rōj sunī yā kitnē din miss kiyā ? ab[adv.hī] jō[pn.;d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] form bharnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] likhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] rōz sunnā[past-part.f.] yā kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] miss karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? now that Madhuban in come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ then like form fill[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that[.mē̃] this too write[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that flute day listen[past-part.f.] or so day miss do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
285Now, just as those who come to Madhuban are asked to fill in a form, you should also get them to fill one in as to whether they listen to the murli every day, or how many days they have missed.
239मंजूर है ? mañjūr hai ? mañjūr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? agree be[pres.sg.23] ?
286Do you agree?
240जिसको मंजूर है वह हाथ उठाओ . jiskō mañjūr hai vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.sg.kō] mañjūr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that[.kō] agree be[pres.sg.23] that raise your hands .
287Those who agree with this, raise your hands!
241मधुबन वाले भी हाथ उठाओ . madhuban vālē bhī hāth uṭhāō . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Madhuban those who too raise your hands .
288Even those from Madhuban, raise your hands!
242किसी भी कारण से मुरली मिस नहीं करनी है . kisī bhī kāraṇ sē murlī miss nahī̃ karnī hai . kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] miss nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . (anything|some) too because from flute miss not do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
289You must not miss a murli due to any reason.
243जैसे खाना नहीं मिस करते हो तो यह भी भोजन है ना . jaisē khānā nahī̃ miss kartē hō tō yah bhī bhōjan hai nā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|khānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] miss karnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bhōjan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . like (eat[inf.m.sg.d.]|eat[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]) not miss do[pres.pl.m.2] then this too food be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
290Just as you never miss out on your meals, in the same way, this too is food, is it not?
244वह शरीर का भोजन यह आत्मा का भोजन . vah śharīr kā bhōjan yah ātmā kā bhōjan . vah[pn.sg.d.] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhōjan[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhōjan[n.m.;sg.,d.] . that body of food this soul of food .
291That is food for the body and this is food for the soul.
245अच्छा लगा . achchhā lagā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha (attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x) .
292Did you like this?
246जो नये भी आये हैं आने को तो मिला है ना . jō nayē bhī āyē haĩ ānē kō tō milā hai nā . jō[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] tō milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā . that new too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) to then receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ .
293All you new ones were allowed to come.
247उन्हों को भी यह नियम पालन करना है . unhō̃ kō bhī yah niyam pālan karnā hai . vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] yah[pn.sg.d.] niyam[n.m.;sg.,d.] pālan[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . that to too this law x do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
294You too have to follow this discipline.
248जैसे और नियम हैं वैसे यह भी नियम है . jaisē aur niyam haĩ vaisē yah bhī niyam hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur niyam[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] niyam[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . like and law be[pres.pl.12hon3] x this too law be[pres.sg.23] .
295Just as there are other disciplines, this too is a discipline.
249ब्राह्मण माना मुरली सुनने वाला सेवा करने वाला . brāhmaṇ mānā murlī sunnē vālā sēvā karnē vālā . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . Brahmin (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) flute listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
296A Brahmin means one who listens to the murli, one who does service.
250अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
297Achcha.
251जो भी जोन आये हैं वह एक-एक अलग उठाओ . jō bhī zone āyē haĩ vah ēk-ēk alag uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] zone ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] alag[adj.] uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that too zone come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that one separate uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
298Get each of the zones who have come to stand up individually.
252तामिलनाडु : यह सेवा के लिए आये हैं . tāmilnāḍu : yah sēvā kē liē āyē haĩ . x : yah[pn.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . x : this service for come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
299Tamil Nadu: You have come for service.
253बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .
300Very good.
254सेवा माना मेवा खाना . sēvā mānā mēvā khānā . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] mēvā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|khānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . service (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) nourishing fruit (eat[inf.m.sg.d.]|eat[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]) .
301Service means to eat the fruit.
255नेपाल : बहुत अच्छा . nēpāl : bahut achchhā . nēpāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] : bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . x : very achcha .
302Nepal: Very good.
256सेवा के लिए इतने आना यह बापदादा को बहुत अच्छा लगा . sēvā kē liē itnē ānā yah bāpdādā kō bahut achchhā lagā . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . service for such (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) this BapDada to very achcha (attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x) .
303BapDada liked it very much that so many have come just to serve.
257सेवा में आना अर्थात् यज्ञ से प्यार है . sēvā mē̃ ānā arthāt yagya sē pyār hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] arthāt yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . service in (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) that is sacrificial fire from love be[pres.sg.23] .
304To come for service means you have love for the yagya.
258जो भी आये हैं सबको बापदादा यही मुबारक देते हैं कि सभी यज्ञ स्नेही यज्ञ सहयोगी आत्मायें हैं . jō bhī āyē haĩ sabkō bāpdādā yahī mubārak dētē haĩ ki sabhī yagya snēhī yagya sahyōgī ātmāyē̃ haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] sabkō bāpdādā yahī[pn.;d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] sab[adv.hī] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] snēhī[adj.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahyōgī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . that too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] everything BapDada this congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that all sacrificial fire loving sacrificial fire co-operative soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
305BapDada is congratulating all those who have come since all of you have love for the yagya, and you souls are co-operative with the yagya.
259बंगाल : अच्छा है बापदादा ने देखा कि जो भी सभी आये हैं वह अच्छी संख्या में अच्छे उमंग उत्साह में आये हैं . baṅgāl : achchhā hai bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki jō bhī sabhī āyē haĩ vah achchhī saṅkhyā mē̃ achchhē umaṅg utsāh mē̃ āyē haĩ . baṅgāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] sab[adv.hī] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . Bengal : achcha be[pres.sg.23] BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that that too all come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that achcha x in achcha zeal enthusiasm in come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
306Bengal: It is good. 307BapDada saw all of you who have come. 308It is a good number. 309You have come with good zeal and enthusiasm.
260सदा यज्ञ स्नेही और यज्ञ सेवक बनके ही रहना . sadā yagya snēhī aur yagya sēvak bankē hī rahnā . sadā yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] snēhī[adj.] aur yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sevak[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] hī[p.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . constantly sacrificial fire loving and sacrificial fire Server become[abs.] only remain[inf.m.sg.d.] . 261चाहे तन से चाहे मन से चाहे धन से यज्ञ किसने रचा ? chāhē tan sē chāhē man sē chāhē dhan sē yagya kisnē rachā ? chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] tan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.sg.nē] rachnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) body from (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) mind from (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) wealth from sacrificial fire who[.nē] x[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
310Always continue to love the yagya and serve the yagya, whether you serve it with your body, your mind or your wealth. 311Who created the yagya?
262बाप ने रचा . bāp nē rachā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] rachnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . father ∅ x[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
312The Father created it.
263किसके लिए रचा ? kiskē liē rachā ? kaun[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē rachnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? who[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) x[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
313Whom did He create it for?
264बच्चों के लिए रचा . bachchō̃ kē liē rachā . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē liē[x] rachnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . child for x[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
314He created it for the children.
265अगर आप ब्राह्मण नहीं होते तो यज्ञ नहीं रचा जाता . agar āp brāhmaṇ nahī̃ hōtē tō yagya nahī̃ rachā jātā . agar āp[pn.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] rachnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . if you Brahmin not be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then sacrificial fire not x[past-part.m.sg.d.] go[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
315If it were not for you Brahmins, the yagya would not have been created.
266तो सभी ने सेवा अच्छी की है ना . tō sabhī nē sēvā achchhī kī hai nā . tō sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā . then all ∅ service achcha do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅ .
316All of you have done very good service.
267निमित्त बने हुए द्वारा सर्टीफिकेट भी मिल रहा है सभी को . nimitt banē huē dvārā certificate bhī mil rahā hai sabhī kō . nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] dvārā certificate bhī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] . instrument (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] through certificate too receive[pres.sg.m.prog.23] all to .
317All of you are receiving a certificate from the instruments.
268बहुत अच्छी सेवा की है और आगे भी करते रहेंगे अमर हैं . bahut achchhī sēvā kī hai aur āgē bhī kartē rahē̃gē amar haĩ . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] aur āgē bhī[p.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] amar[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . very achcha service do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] and previously too do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] immortal be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
318You have done very good service and will continue to do so in the future. 319You are immortal.
269बिहार : नाम ही बिहार है देखो नाम कितना अच्छा है . bihār : nām hī bihār hai dēkhō nām kitnā achchhā hai . bihār[n.m.;sg.,d.] : nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] bihār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Bihar : name only Bihar be[pres.sg.23] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] name so achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
320Bihar: Your name itself is Bihar; look how good your name is!
270बिहार माना जहाँ सदा बहार है . bihār mānā jahā̃ sadā bahār hai . bihār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] jahā̃ sadā bahār[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Bihar (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) where there constantly spring be[pres.sg.23] .
321Bihar means a place where there is constant Spring (bahaar).
271अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
322Achcha.
272उड़ीसा : हर एक ने संख्या अच्छी लाई है . uṛīsā : har ēk nē saṅkhyā achchhī lāī hai . uṛīsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] : har ēk[x] nē[postp.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . Orrisa : each one ∅ x achcha x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
323Orissa: Each one has brought a good number of people.
273बापदादा जो भी जोन आये हैं सभी की संख्या देख करके खुश है कि सेवा से प्यार है . bāpdādā jō bhī zone āyē haĩ sabhī kī|key saṅkhyā dēkh karkē khuśh hai ki sēvā sē pyār hai . bāpdādā jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] zone ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] sab[adv.hī] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada that too zone come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] all (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x see[root] do[abs.] happy be[pres.sg.23] that service from love be[pres.sg.23] .
324BapDada is pleased to see the numbers that have come from all the zones which have come here because you have love for service.
274सदा आगे बढ़ते रहना बढ़ रहे हो बढ़ते रहना . sadā āgē baṛhtē rahnā baṛh rahē hō baṛhtē rahnā . sadā āgē baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . constantly previously grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] grow[pres.pl.m.prog.2] grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
325Constantly continue to move forward. 326You are moving forward and will continue to do so.
275आसाम : बापदादा ने देखा कि एक दो से सब आगे हैं . āsām : bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki ēk dō sē sab āgē haĩ . x : bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sē[postp.] sab[adj.] āgē hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x : BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) from all previously be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
327Assam: BapDada saw that all of you are ahead of one another.
276जो भी आये हैं एक दो से आगे उमंग उत्साह वाले हैं . jō bhī āyē haĩ ēk dō sē āgē umaṅg utsāh vālē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sē[postp.] āgē umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . that too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) from previously zeal enthusiasm those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
328All those who have come, you have more zeal and enthusiasm than one another.
277सेवा का पुण्य तो पुण्य कमाने वाली आत्मायें हो क्योंकि सेवा से दुआयें मिलती हैं . sēvā kā puṇya tō puṇya kamānē vālī ātmāyē̃ hō kyōṅki sēvā sē duāyē̃ miltī haĩ . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kamānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] kyōṅki sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . service of charity then charity earn[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) because service from blessing receive[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .
329You have earned charity through service. 330You are souls who have earned charity because you receive blessings through service.
278तो सेवा नहीं की लेकिन पुण्य जमा करके जा रहे हो . tō sēvā nahī̃ kī|key lēkin puṇya jamā karkē jā rahē hō . tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key lēkin puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[abs.] jānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . then service not (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) but charity (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) do[abs.] go[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .
331You are not just doing service, but you are going away having accumulated charity.
279अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
332Achcha.
280बांगला देश : थोड़े हैं . Bāṅglā dēśh : thōṛē haĩ . x dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] : thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x land : short be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
333Bangladesh: There are a few.
281जितनों ने भी सेवा की उतनों ने यह यज्ञ स्नेह का यज्ञ सेवा का अपने ऊपर स्टैम्प लगा दिया . jitnō̃ nē bhī sēvā kī|key utnō̃ nē yah yagya snēh kā yagya sēvā kā apnē ūpar stamp lagā diyā . jitnā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key utnā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ūpar stamp lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|lagānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] . the more ∅ too service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x ∅ this sacrificial fire love of sacrificial fire service of one’s own over stamp (x[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|attach[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā]) .
334However many of you did service, you put a stamp on yourself for having love for the yagya and for serving the yagya.
282टाइटल ही यह है यज्ञ स्नेही . title hī yah hai yagya snēhī . title hī[p.] yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] snēhī[adj.] . title only this be[pres.sg.23] sacrificial fire loving .
335Your title is "yagya snehi" (one with love for the yagya).
283अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
336Achcha.
284बहुत अच्छा किया . bahut achchhā kiyā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . very achcha do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
337You did very well.
285झारखण्ड : भले थोड़े हैं लेकिन सेवा से तो प्यार है ना . jhārkhaṇḍ : bhalē thōṛē haĩ lēkin sēvā sē tō pyār hai nā . x : bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] tō pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . x : benefit short be[pres.pl.12hon3] but service from then love be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
338Jharkhand: Even though you are few, you have love for service.
286तो जितने भी हैं उन्होंने अपना भविष्य बनाया . tō jitnē bhī haĩ unhōnnē apnā bhaviṣhya banāyā . tō jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.nē] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhaviṣhya[adj.] banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . then the more too be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.nē] (adopt[root]|one’s own) future create[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
339However many there are, you have created your future.
287बनाते रहना . banātē rahnā . banānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . create[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
340Continue to create it.
288जितनी यज्ञ सेवा करेंगे उतना जमा करेंगे . jitnī yagya sēvā karē̃gē utnā jamā karē̃gē . jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jamā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . the more sacrificial fire service do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x accumulate .
341The more you serve the yagya, the more you will accumulate.
289ज्यादा सेवा ज्यादा जमा . jyādā sēvā jyādā jamā . jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . more service more (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) .
342The more service you do, the more you will accumulate.
290अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
343Achcha.
291अभी आप तो सम्मुख बैठे हो लेकिन आपसे ज्यादा संख्या बापदादा के आगे भिन्न-भिन्न स्थानों की बापदादा देख रहे हैं . abhī āp tō sammukh baiṭhē hō lēkin āpsē jyādā saṅkhyā bāpdādā kē āgē bhinn-bhinn sthānō̃ kī|key bāpdādā dēkh rahē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.] tō sammukh baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] lēkin āp[pn.pl.sē] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] bāpdādā kē āgē[x] bhinn[adj.] sthān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . now you then in front of you sit[pres-perf.pl.m.2] but you[.sē] more x BapDada in front of different place (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) BapDada see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
344All of you are sitting here personally in front of BapDada, but BapDada is seeing a greater number in front of Himself. 345Those sitting at different places are even more numerous than you are.
292आप सम्मुख हो वह दूर बैठे भी दिल में समाये हुए हैं . āp sammukh hō vah dūr baiṭhē bhī dil mē̃ samāyē huē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.] sammukh hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] dūr[adj.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] bhī[p.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] samānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . you in front of you (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that distant (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) too heart in merge[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
346You are here personally, whereas they are merged in the heart while sitting far away.
293आप तो हो ही तब तो चलके पहुंचे हो ना . āp tō hō hī tab tō chalkē pahuñchē hō nā . āp[pn.pl.] tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] tab tō chalnā[abs.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] nā . you then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only for only then then continue[abs.] reach[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ∅ .
347You are already merged in the heart and this is why you have come here physically.
294लेकिन बापदादा ने देखा कि दूर बैठे भी प्यार से सुनते हैं . lēkin bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki dūr baiṭhē bhī pyār sē suntē haĩ . lēkin bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] dūr[adj.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] bhī[p.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . but BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that distant (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) too love from listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 295और देखते भी सब अच्छा हैं . aur dēkhtē bhī sab achchhā haĩ . aur dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] sab[adj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . and see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too all achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
348BapDada saw, even at a distance, they are listening with love and they are seeing everything very clearly.
296बापदादा ने शुरू में कहा था यह साइंस आपके काम में आयेगी . bāpdādā nē śhurū mē̃ kahā thā yah science āpkē kām mē̃ āyēgī . bāpdādā nē[postp.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kahnā[past-perf.m.sg.] yah[pn.sg.d.] science āp[pn.pl.kē] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] . BapDada ∅ beginning in say[past-perf.m.sg.] this science you[.kē] (task|lust) in come[fut.f.sg.23] .
349BapDada had said at the beginning that science would be useful to you.
297तो देखो दूर बैठे भी नजदीक अनुभव करने वाला यह साइंस का साधन है . tō dēkhō dūr baiṭhē bhī najdīk anubhav karnē vālā yah science kā sādhan hai . tō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] dūr[adj.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] bhī[p.] nazdīk anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] science kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] distant (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) too x experience do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who this science of facilities be[pres.sg.23] .
350Look, it is with the instruments of science that you are able to experience being close while being far away.
298विनाश में भी मदद करेगी वह भी जरूरी है और आपको यहाँ भी ब्राह्मण लाइफ में गोल्डन चांस दिया है . vināśh mē̃ bhī madad karēgī vah bhī jarūrī hai aur āpkō yahā̃ bhī brāhmaṇ life mē̃ golden chance diyā hai . vināśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] madad[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.f.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] zarūrī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur āp[pn.pl.kō] yahā̃ bhī[p.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] life mē̃[postp.] golden chance dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . destruction in too x do[fut.f.sg.23] that too essential be[pres.sg.23] and you[.kō] here too Brahmin life in golden chance give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
351It will also help in destruction. 352That is also essential and it has given you a golden chance too, here, in this Brahmin life.
299तो साइंस वाले भी आपके मददगार हैं . tō science vālē bhī āpkē madadgār haĩ . tō science vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kē] madadgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then science those who too you[.kē] helper be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
353Scientists are also helping you.
300उन्हों को बुरा नहीं समझना यह क्या करते हैं . unhō̃ kō burā nahī̃ samajhnā yah kyā kartē haĩ . vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] burā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] samajhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . that to bad not understand[inf.m.sg.d.] this what do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
354Do not consider them to be bad, and think: What are they doing?
301नहीं . nahī̃ . nahī̃[neg] . not .
355No.
302जिसका जो काम है वह तो करना पड़ेगा . jiskā jō kām hai vah tō karnā paṛēgā . jō[pn.sg.kā] jō[pn.;d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] tō karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . that[.kā] that (task|lust) be[pres.sg.23] that then do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .
356They have to perform their task.
303बाकी साइंस भी आपके मददगार है भी और आगे भी बनती रहेगी . bākī science bhī āpkē madadgār hai bhī aur āgē bhī bantī rahēgī . bākī|bākī science bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kē] madadgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bhī[p.] aur āgē bhī[p.] bannā[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . (but|others) science too you[.kē] helper be[pres.sg.23] too and previously too become[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
357Science is helping you and will continue to help you in the future as well.
304अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
358Achcha.
305यह जो मीटिंग्स वगैरा करने वाले सभी आगे बैठे हैं विदेश की टीचर्स हैं निमित्त हैं . yah jō meetings vagairā karnē vālē sabhī āgē baiṭhē haĩ vidēśh kī|key teachers haĩ nimitt haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] meeting vagairah[adv.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] āgē baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key teacher hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this that meeting etc. do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who all previously sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] abroad (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) teacher be[pres.pl.12hon3] instrument be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
359The teachers from abroad who are here for the meetings and sitting here at the front, you are instruments.
306बापदादा सुनते सब हैं चक्र जरूर लगाते हैं और चक्र लगाते सार समझ जाते हैं . bāpdādā suntē sab haĩ chakra jarūr lagātē haĩ aur chakra lagātē sār samajh jātē haĩ . bāpdādā sunnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sab[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.] zarūr lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sār[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . BapDada listen[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] all be[pres.pl.12hon3] (cycle|x) definitely attach[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and (cycle|x) attach[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] essence understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
360BapDada hears everything. 361He definitely tours around and, while touring around, He understands the essence.
307जिस समय आपकी आवश्यक बात फाइनल की होती है उस समय बापदादा चक्र लगाते सुन लेता है और मुबारक भी देते हैं लेकिन आप बिजी बहुत होते हो . jis samay āpkī āvaśhyak bāt final kī|key hōtī hai us samay bāpdādā chakra lagātē sun lētā hai aur mubārak bhī dētē haĩ lēkin āp busy bahut hōtē hō . jis samay[x] āp[pn.pl.kī] āvaśhyak[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] final karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sunnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] aur mubārak[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] busy bahut hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] . x you[.kī] x matter final (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) be[pres.sg.f.23] that time BapDada (cycle|x) attach[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] listen[pres.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] and congratulations too give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but you busy very be[pres.pl.m.2] .
362Whenever something essential is being finalised, BapDada goes there and hears everything and also congratulates you. 363However, you keep yourselves very busy.
308बाकी बापदादा को अच्छा लगता है क्योंकि छोटे बड़े सेन्टर विस्तार से फैले हुए हैं और भाषायें भी भिन्न-भिन्न हैं तो सारे फॉरेन को भिन्न-भिन्न इण्डिया में भी भाषायें तो हैं लेकिन फॉरेन में भी भिन्न-भिन्न भाषायें होते हुए भी सबको मिलाके एक कर रहे हैं और हो रहे हैं सबको अच्छा भी लगता है इसलिए बापदादा खुश है . bākī bāpdādā kō achchhā lagtā hai kyōṅki chhōṭē baṛē centre vistār sē phailē huē haĩ aur bhāṣhāyē̃ bhī bhinn-bhinn haĩ tō sārē foreign kō bhinn-bhinn india mē̃ bhī bhāṣhāyē̃ tō haĩ lēkin foreign mē̃ bhī bhinn-bhinn bhāṣhāyē̃ hōtē huē bhī sabkō milākē ēk kar rahē haĩ aur hō rahē haĩ sabkō achchhā bhī lagtā hai isliē bāpdādā khuśh hai . bākī|bākī bāpdādā kō[postp.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] kyōṅki chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] centre vistār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] phailnā[opt.sg.23]|phailnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur bhāṣhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] bhinn[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] foreign kō[postp.] bhinn[adj.] India mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] bhāṣhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin foreign mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] bhinn[adj.] bhāṣhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] sabkō milānā[abs.] ēk[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] sabkō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] isliē bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (but|others) BapDada to enjoy because small very centre expansion from (spread[opt.sg.23]|spread[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and language too different be[pres.pl.12hon3] then the whole abroad to different India in too language then be[pres.pl.12hon3] but abroad in too different language be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] too everything x[abs.] one do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] everything achcha too x[pres.sg.m.23] therefore BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] .
364BapDada likes it because small and big centres are spreading everywhere. 365There are different languages all over the world and also there are many languages in the different places of India. 366However, in spite of your different languages, you all come together and become one. 367Everyone likes this and this is why BapDada is pleased.
309आओ मीटिंग करो और सबको एक नियम में एक रसम में एक जैसा करो . āō meeting karō aur sabkō ēk niyam mē̃ ēk rasam mē̃ ēk jaisā karō . ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] meeting karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur sabkō ēk[adj.] niyam[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] rasm[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] meeting do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and everything one law in one systems in one like do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
368Come, let us have a meeting and unite everyone with one discipline, one system.
310बापदादा को एक बात की खुशी है तो पहले कल्चर कल्चर है इण्डियन कल्चर है यह आवाज आता था लेकिन अभी यह आवाज नहीं हैं . bāpdādā kō ēk bāt kī|key khuśhī hai tō pahlē culture culture hai indian culture hai yah āvāj ātā thā lēkin abhī yah āvāj nahī̃ haĩ . bāpdādā kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] culture culture hōnā[pres.sg.23] Indian culture hōnā[pres.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] ānā[hab-past.m.sg.] lēkin ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada to one matter (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) happiness be[pres.sg.23] then (x|firstly) culture culture be[pres.sg.23] x culture be[pres.sg.23] this noise come[hab-past.m.sg.] but now this noise not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
369Let us all become one. 370BapDada is pleased about one thing: Previously, you used to say, "Culture, culture, this is Indian culture", but now this expression is not heard any more.
311सभी ब्राह्मण कल्चर के हो गये हैं इसलिए मुबारक हो . sabhī brāhmaṇ culture kē|K hō gayē haĩ isliē mubārak hō . sab[adv.hī] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] culture kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] isliē mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . all Brahmin culture (of|K) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] therefore congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
371All of you now belong to the Brahmin culture, and therefore, congratulations!
312मेहनत की है . mēhnat kī hai . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . effort do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
372You have made effort.
313इण्डिया वाले भी बहुत कोन्फेरेंस करते हैं और मीटिंग्स भी करते हैं . india vālē bhī bahut conference kartē haĩ aur meetings bhī kartē haĩ . India vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] bahut conference karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur meeting bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . India those who too very conference do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and meeting too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
373Those from India also have many conferences and meetings.
314बापदादा सभी बच्चों से खुश है लेकिन रोज रात्रि को अपने को बापदादा का यादप्यार देना और मुबारक देना बापदादा की मुबारक रोज अपने को देना बापदादा देता है और आप अपने आपको देना . bāpdādā sabhī bachchō̃ sē khuśh hai lēkin rōj rātri kō apnē kō bāpdādā kā yādpyār dēnā aur mubārak dēnā bāpdādā kī|key mubārak rōj apnē kō dēnā bāpdādā dētā hai aur āp apnē āpkō dēnā . bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin rōz rātri[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] rōz apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bāpdādā dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] aur āp[pn.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kō] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . BapDada all child from happy be[pres.sg.23] but day night to one’s own to BapDada of love, remembrance give[inf.m.sg.d.] and congratulations give[inf.m.sg.d.] BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations day one’s own to give[inf.m.sg.d.] BapDada give[pres.sg.m.23] and you one’s own you[.kō] give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
374BapDada is pleased with all the children. 375However, every night, give yourself love and remembrance and congratulations from BapDada. 376Every day give yourself congratulations from BapDada. 377BapDada gives it and you have to give it to yourself.
315बापदादा छोड़ते नहीं हैं चाहे इण्डिया है चाहे विदेश है जैसे अमृतवेले चक्र लगाते हैं ऐसे रात को गुडनाइट भी सबसे करते हैं . bāpdādā chhōṛtē nahī̃ haĩ chāhē india hai chāhē vidēśh hai jaisē amr̥itvēlē chakra lagātē haĩ aisē rāt kō good night bhī sabsē kartē haĩ . bāpdādā chhōṛnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] India hōnā[pres.sg.23] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] chakra lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rāt[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] good night bhī[p.] sabsē karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada renounce[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) India be[pres.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) abroad be[pres.sg.23] like amrit vela be around the cycle such night to x too the most do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
378BapDada does not miss doing this. 379Whether it is India or abroad, just as He tours around at amrit vela, in the same way, He also says good night to everyone at night.
316इसलिए अपने आपको मुबारक देके सोना . isliē apnē āpkō mubārak dēkē sōnā . isliē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kō] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[abs.] sōnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|sōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . therefore one’s own you[.kō] congratulations give[abs.] (gold|sleep[inf.m.sg.d.]) .
380Therefore, congratulate yourselves before going to sleep.
317अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
381Achcha.
318अभी सभी तरफ के बच्चों को बापदादा यादप्यार के साथ मुबारक भी दे रहे हैं . abhī sabhī taraph kē|K bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā yādpyār kē sāth mubārak bhī dē rahē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] sab[adv.hī] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . now all direction (of|K) child to BapDada love, remembrance with congratulations too give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
382Together with love and remembrance, BapDada is also congratulating all the children who have come from everywhere.
319सदा उमंग उत्साह में आगे बढ़ भी रहे हो और बढ़ते रहना . sadā umaṅg utsāh mē̃ āgē baṛh bhī rahē hō aur baṛhtē rahnā . sadā umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[root] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] aur baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . constantly zeal enthusiasm in previously grow[root] too remain[pres-perf.pl.m.2] and grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
383You are constantly moving forward with zeal and enthusiasm and this will continue.
320कभी अपना उमंग-उत्साह किसी भी कारण से किसी भी बात से कम नहीं करना . kabhī apnā umaṅg-utsāh kisī bhī kāraṇ sē kisī bhī bāt sē cum|kam nahī̃ karnā . kabhī[adv.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . ever (adopt[root]|one’s own) zeal and enthusiasm (anything|some) too because from (anything|some) too matter from (x|less) not do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
384Never allow your zeal and enthusiasm to decrease for any reason, under any circumstances.
321बात बात हो जाती है लेकिन पुरूषार्थ और बाप का प्यार वह अपना है इसीलिए कभी भी अपने बुद्धि को बाप के बिना और कोई बातों में बिजी नहीं करना . bāt bāt hō jātī hai lēkin purūṣhārth aur bāp kā pyār vah apnā hai isīliē kabhī bhī apnē buddhi kō bāp kē|K binā aur kōī bātō̃ mē̃ busy nahī̃ karnā . bāt[n.f.;sg.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] lēkin puruṣhārth aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isīliē kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā aur kōī[x] bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] busy nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . matter matter be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] but effort and father of love that (adopt[root]|one’s own) be[pres.sg.23] x ever too one’s own intellect to father (of|K) without someone else matter in busy not do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
385Situations may arise, but your effort and the Father's love is your own; therefore, never let your intellect be busy with anything other than the Father.
322बाप और बाप की मुरली और बाप द्वारा सर्विस जो मिली है वह सर्विस करते रहना . bāp aur bāp kī|key murlī aur bāp dvārā service jō milī hai vah service kartē rahnā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā service[n.f.;sg.] jō[pn.;d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] service[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . father and father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) flute and father through service that receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23] that service do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
386The Father, the Father's murli and the service you have received from the Father: continue to do that.
323अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
387Achcha.
324अभी क्या कहें साथ तो रहना है ना . abhī kyā kahē̃ sāth tō rahnā hai nā . ab[adv.hī] kyā kahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō rahnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā . now what say[opt.pl.12hon3] with then remain[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ .
388What can Baba say now? 389We will remain together anyway.
325तो छुट्टी लेते हैं यह भी नहीं कह सकते . tō chhuṭṭī lētē haĩ yah bhī nahī̃ kah saktē . tō chhuṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . then permission take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] this too not say[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
390Baba cannot say that He is taking leave.
326साथ रहेंगे साथ चलेंगे और साथ आयेंगे . sāth rahē̃gē sāth chalē̃gē aur sāth āyēṅgē . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] aur sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . with remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] with continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] and with come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
391We will stay together, return together and come back together.
327अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
392Achcha.
328अभी समाप्ति . abhī samāpti . ab[adv.hī] samāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . now completion .
393Now, finish!
329मोहिनी बहन से : यह जो अचानक होता है उसमें कोई न कोई थकावट होती है चाहे बुद्धि की थकावट चाहे शरीर की थकावट आराम से रहो . mōhinī bahan sē : yah jō achānak hōtā hai usmē̃ kōī na kōī thakāvaṭ hōtī hai chāhē buddhi kī|key thakāvaṭ chāhē śharīr kī|key thakāvaṭ ārām sē rahō . mōhinī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] : yah[pn.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] achānak hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] kōī na kōī[x] thakāvaṭ, thakān[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key thakāvaṭ, thakān[n.f.;sg.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key thakāvaṭ, thakān[n.f.;sg.] ārām[x] sē[postp.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x x from : this that suddenly be[pres.sg.m.23] that[.mē̃] one .. or another tiredness be[pres.sg.f.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) intellect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) tiredness (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) body (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) tiredness comfort from remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
394Speaking to Mohiniben: When something unexpected happens there is one form of tiredness or another, whether of the intellect or the body. 395So, take rest!
330ज्यादा भाग दौड़ रूचि हो तो करो नहीं तो नहीं . jyādā bhāg dauṛ rūchi hō tō karō nahī̃ tō nahī̃ . jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhāgnā[root] dauṛī, dauṛ[n.f.;sg.]|dauṛnā[root] ruchi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nahī̃ tō[x] nahī̃[neg] . more (part|run[root]) (race|x[root]) interest (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] otherwise not .
396Do not do too much running around. 397If you feel interested, do it, otherwise not.
331कभी अकेले भी हो जाते हैं तो चक्र लगाने चाहते हैं लेकिन पहले अपनी तबियत को ठीक करो . kabhī akēlē bhī hō jātē haĩ tō chakra lagānē chāhtē haĩ lēkin pahlē apnī tabiyat kō ṭhīk karō . kabhī[adv.] akēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] tō chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] tabiyat[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] ṭhīk[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . ever alone too be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] then (cycle|x) attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but (x|firstly) one’s own health to OK do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
398Sometimes, you feel alone and so go on a tour, but first make sure your health is fine.
332ज्यादा अटेन्शन रखो . jyādā attention rakhō . jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . more attention keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
399Pay more attention!
333अभी जल्दी-जल्दी होने लगे हैं . abhī jaldī-jaldī hōnē lagē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] jaldī hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.inf+lagnā] . now very quickly be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.inf+lagnā] .
400Now, it happens more quickly.
334रेस्ट करो . rest karō . rest karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
401Have a rest.
335दिमाग की रेस्ट रखो . dimāg kī|key rest rakhō . dimāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rest rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . head (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
402Have a mental rest.
336वह रेस्ट कोई बड़ी बात नहीं है दिमाग की रेस्ट हो . vah rest kōī baṛī bāt nahī̃ hai dimāg kī|key rest hō . vah[pn.sg.d.] rest kōī[pn.;d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] dimāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rest hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . that x some very matter not be[pres.sg.23] head (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
403Physical rest is not a big thing, but give your brain a rest.
337दादी रतन मोहिनी जी ने दुबई वालों की याद दी : सभी को याद देना . dādī ratan mōhinī jī nē Dubai vālō̃ kī|key yād dī|the : sabhī kō yād dēnā . dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] mōhinī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jīnā[past-part.f.]|jīnā[root]|jī[x] nē[postp.] x vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yād[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the : sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . Dadi jewel x (live[past-part.f.]|live[root]|ji) ∅ x those who (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) remembrance (give[past-part.f.]|the) : all to remembrance give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
404Dadi Ratanmohini gave love and remembrance from the Dubai family: Give remembrance to everyone.
338परदादी से : देखा अपना जोन कितना बड़ा है . pardādī sē : dēkhā apnā zone kitnā baṛā hai . pardādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] : dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] zone kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Dadi Nirmal Shanta from : see[past-part.m.sg.d.] (adopt[root]|one’s own) zone so very be[pres.sg.23] .
405Par Dadi: Look, your zone is so large.
339 ( बाबा बैठा है ) लेकिन निमित्त तो आप हैं . ( bābā baiṭhā hai ) lēkin nimitt tō āp haĩ . ( bābā baiṭhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) lēkin nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō āp[pn.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . ( Baba sit[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) but instrument then you be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
406(Baba is sitting there.) 407However, you are the instrument.
340स्थापना तो की हैं ना . sthāpanā tō kī haĩ nā . sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] tō karnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] nā . establishment then do[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] ∅ .
408You established it.
341कहेंगे तो परदादी का जोन है . kahē̃gē tō pardādī kā zone hai . kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō pardādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] zone hōnā[pres.sg.23] . say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then Dadi Nirmal Shanta of zone be[pres.sg.23] .
409It would be said to be the zone of Par Dadi.
342सभी मानते हैं . sabhī māntē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] mānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . all x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
410Everyone believes this.
343आंटी अंकल ने याद दी है : बापदादा तीनों चारों जो सेवा में रहते हैं और खास अंकल को दिल की बहुत बहुत बहुत मुबारक दे रहे हैं . aunty uncle nē yād dī hai : bāpdādā tīnō̃ chārō̃ jō sēvā mē̃ rahtē haĩ aur khās uncle kō dil kī|key bahut bahut bahut mubārak dē rahē haĩ . aunty uncle nē[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] : bāpdādā tīnō̃[adj.] chārō̃ jō[pn.;d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur khās uncle kō[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bahut bahut bahut mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . Auntie Uncle ∅ remembrance give[pres-perf.sg.f.23] : BapDada all three x that service in remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and x Uncle to heart (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) very very very congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
411Aunty and Uncle have sent remembrance: All three or four of you who stay on service, and specially Uncle, BapDada is giving lots, lots and lots of congratulations from the heart.
344 ( आंटी की भी तबियत ठीक नहीं रहती है ) देखो आप भी अपनी सम्भाल करो सेवा करो लेकिन अपनी भी सम्भाल करो क्योंकि आप एक यज्ञ की स्पेशल निमित्त आत्मा हो . ( aunty kī|key bhī tabiyat ṭhīk nahī̃ rahtī hai ) dēkhō āp bhī apnī sambhāl karō sēvā karō lēkin apnī bhī sambhāl karō kyōṅki āp ēk yagya kī|key special nimitt ātmā hō . ( aunty karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] tabiyat[n.f.;sg.] ṭhīk[adj.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] ) dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] sambhāl[n.f.;sg.]|sambhālnā[root] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] sambhāl[n.f.;sg.]|sambhālnā[root] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.] ēk[adj.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key special nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . ( Auntie (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too health OK not remain[pres.sg.f.23] ) see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] you too one’s own (x|be careful[root]) do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] service do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but one’s own too (x|be careful[root]) do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because you one sacrificial fire (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) special instrument soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
412(Aunty's health is also not so good.) 413Look, you also have to look after yourself. 414Do service, but also look after yourself because you are a soul who is a special instrument of the yagya's.
345कोई भी अभी तक पोजीशन में रहते हुए ज्ञान में नहीं आया है लेकिन आप पहला युगल हो जो फारेन से जो सेवा में ऊंच मर्तबा होते हुए भी परिवार को भी ले आये . kōī bhī abhī tak position mē̃ rahtē huē gyān mē̃ nahī̃ āyā hai lēkin āp pahlā yugal hō jō foreign sē jō sēvā mē̃ ūñch martabā hōtē huē bhī parivār kō bhī lē āyē . kōī bhī[x] ab[adv.hī] tak position mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yugal[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] foreign sē[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] martabā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] lēnā[opt.sg.23.root+ānā] . anyone now until position in remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] knowledge in not come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] but you x partner (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that abroad from that service in elevated status be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] too family to too take[opt.sg.23.root+ānā] .
415No one has as yet come into knowledge while holding a position, but you were the first couple from abroad who brought your family into service while having a high status.
346सिर्फ दोनों नहीं आये लेकिन पूरे परिवार सहित आये इसीलिए आप दोनों स्पेशल हो . sirph dōnō̃ nahī̃ āyē lēkin pūrē parivār sahit āyē isīliē āp dōnō̃ special hō . sirph[adj.] dōnō̃ nahī̃[neg] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin pūrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahit ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] isīliē āp[pn.pl.] dōnō̃ special hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . only x not (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) but full family including (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) x you x special (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
416It wasn't just the two of you who came, but you brought the whole family and both of you are therefore special.
347तो बापदादा कितना कहे हजार बारी लाख बारी बहुत-बहुत प्रेम से याद भी करते और अभी भी बहुत बहुत बहुत बहुत यादप्यार दे रहे हैं . tō bāpdādā kitnā kahē hajār bārī lākh bārī bahut-bahut prēm sē yād bhī kartē aur abhī bhī bahut bahut bahut bahut yādpyār dē rahē haĩ . tō bāpdādā kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lākh[x] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahut prēm[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] aur ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] bahut bahut bahut bahut yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then BapDada so (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) 1000 x 100,000 x very love from remembrance too do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] and now too very very very very love, remembrance give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
417How much can BapDada say? 418BapDada remembers you a thousand times, a hundred thousand times, with lots and lots of love, and even now, is giving you lots, lots, lots and lots of love and remembrance.
348प्रीतम बहन की तबियत खराब है कुलदीप बहन ने याद दी है : अभी चलने दें यही इशारा ठीक है . prītam bahan kī|key tabiyat kharāb hai Kuldīp bahan nē yād dī hai : abhī chalnē dē̃ yahī iśhārā ṭhīk hai . prītam[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tabiyat[n.f.;sg.] kharāb[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] x bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] nē[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] : ab[adv.hī] chalnā[opt.pl.12hon3.inf+dēnā] yahī[pn.;d.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Beloved x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) health bad be[pres.sg.23] x x ∅ remembrance give[pres-perf.sg.f.23] : now continue[opt.pl.12hon3.inf+dēnā] this signal OK be[pres.sg.23] .
419Sister Pritam's health is not so good. 420Kuldipben (Hyderabad) gave her remembrance to Baba. 421Let her just continue. 422This signal is fine for her.
349बापदादा भी मददगार है . bāpdādā bhī madadgār hai . bāpdādā bhī[p.] madadgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada too helper be[pres.sg.23] .
423BapDada is helping her.
350दादी जानकी से : टाइम पर ठीक हो गई ना . dādī jānkī sē : time par ṭhīk hō gaī nā . dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] : time par[postp.]|par[adj.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] nā . Dadi x from : time (at|other) OK be[past-part.f..root+jānā] ∅ .
424Dadi Janki: You became well on time.
351यह है बाप की मदद . yah hai bāp kī|key madad . yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key madad[n.f.;sg.] . this be[pres.sg.23] father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x .
425This is the Father's help.
352 ( हंसा बहन से ) सेवा अच्छी करती हो इसको भी बापदादा मुबारक देते हैं . ( hansā|haṅsā bahan sē ) sēvā achchhī kartī hō iskō bhī bāpdādā mubārak dētē haĩ . ( hãsnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|haṅsānā[root] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] ) sēvā[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.f.2] yah[pn.sg.kō] bhī[p.] bāpdādā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . ( (laugh out[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make laugh[root]) x from ) service achcha do[pres.pl.f.2] this[.kō] too BapDada congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
426(To Sister Hansa): You do good service. 427BapDada is congratulating you too.
353दूसरी कहाँ है ? dūsrī kahā̃ hai ? dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kahā̃ hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? other where be[pres.sg.23] ?
428Where is the other one?
354 ( प्रवीणा बहन ) दोनों को बापदादा मुबारक देते हैं कि टाइम पर मेहनत करके ठीक कर दिया सभी को लाभ मिला . ( pravīṇā bahan ) dōnō̃ kō bāpdādā mubārak dētē haĩ ki time par mēhnat karkē ṭhīk kar diyā sabhī kō lābh milā . ( x bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] ) dōnō̃ kō[postp.] bāpdādā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] time par[postp.]|par[adj.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[abs.] ṭhīk[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] lābh[n.m.;sg.,d.] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . ( x x ) x to BapDada congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that time (at|other) effort do[abs.] OK do[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] all to x (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .
429(Sister Pravina). 430BapDada is congratulating both of you because you made effort and made Dadi well on time and so everyone benefited.
355कोई वंचित नहीं रहा क्लास मिला . kōī vañchit nahī̃ rahā class milā . kōī[pn.;d.] vañchit[adj.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] class milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . some deprived not (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) class (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .
431No one was deprived in any way; they had a class.
356तो यह सम्भालने वालों को मुबारक . tō yah sambhālnē vālō̃ kō mubārak . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] sambhālnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] . then this be careful[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to congratulations .
432Congratulations to those who look after Dadi.
357नीलू बहन से : इतने वर्ष रथ को चलाना समय पर सेवा का चांस दिलाना यह भी मुबारक है . nīlū bahan sē : itnē varṣh rath kō chalānā samay par sēvā kā chance dilānā yah bhī mubārak hai . x[n.f.;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] : itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] rath[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] chalānā[inf.m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance dilānā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x x from : such year chariot to x[inf.m.sg.d.] time (at|other) service of chance x[inf.m.sg.d.] this too congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .
433Neeluben: To look after the chariot for so many years, to give a chance for service at the right time, congratulations for that.
358बापदादा ने देखा रथ की भी कमाल है . bāpdādā nē dēkhā rath kī|key bhī kamāl hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] rath[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] chariot (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too x be[pres.sg.23] .
434BapDada saw that it was a wonder of the chariot too.
359जो 42 वर्ष रथ से सेवा ली दिलाने वाला तो बापदादा ही है लेकिन निमित्त रथ की जो सेवा के टाइम हाजिर रहा है एक टाइम भी मिस नहीं किया है . jō 42 varṣh rath sē sēvā lī dilānē vālā tō bāpdādā hī hai lēkin nimitt rath kī|key jō sēvā kē|K time hājir rahā hai ēk time bhī miss nahī̃ kiyā hai . jō[pn.;d.] 42 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] rath[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[past-part.f.] dilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō bāpdādā hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] rath[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jō[pn.;d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K time hāzir[adj.] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ēk[adj.] time bhī[p.] miss nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . that 42 year chariot from service take[past-part.f.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who then BapDada only be[pres.sg.23] but instrument chariot (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) that service (of|K) time present remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23] one time too miss not do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
435Service has been taken from the chariot for 42 years. 436Of course, it was BapDada who made it happen, but it is the greatness of the chariot that it remained present on service on time. 437Not a single time was missed.
360सरल स्वभाव होने के कारण रथ को चलाना आता है . saral svabhāv hōnē kē|K kāraṇ rath kō chalānā ātā hai . saral[adj.] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] rath[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] chalānā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . easy nature be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) because chariot to x[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] .
438Because of having an easy nature, you know how to look after your chariot.
361 ( दादी जानकी से ) यह भी सेवा की बहुत बहुत उमंग उत्साह वाली है इसीलिए सेवा के टाइम ठीक कर लेती है . ( dādī jānkī sē ) yah bhī sēvā kī|key bahut bahut umaṅg utsāh vālī hai isīliē sēvā kē|K time ṭhīk kar lētī hai . ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] ) yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bahut bahut umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isīliē sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K time ṭhīk[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+lēnā] . ( Dadi x from ) this too service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) very very zeal enthusiasm those who be[pres.sg.23] x service (of|K) time OK do[pres.sg.f.23.root+lēnā] .
439(To Dadi Janki): This one also has lots and lots of enthusiasm for service and this is why she puts herself right at the time of service.
362 ( बाबा ठीक कर देता है यह भी बाबा की … ) चतुराई है . ( bābā ṭhīk kar dētā hai yah bhī bābā kī|key … ) chaturāī hai . ( bābā ṭhīk[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bābā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key … ) chaturāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( Baba OK do[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] this too Baba (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) … ) x be[pres.sg.23] .
440(Baba makes me well, and this is also Baba's cleverness).
363जब ब्रह्मा बाबा इतनी बड़ी आयु होते हुए चलाया अभी भी चला रहा है . jab brahmā bābā itnī baṛī āyu hōtē huē chalāyā abhī bhī chalā rahā hai . jab brahmā bābā[x] itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] āyu[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] chalānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] chalnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|chalānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . when x such very x be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] x[past-part.m.sg.d.] now too (continue[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|x[pres.sg.m.prog.23]) .
441Brahma Baba managed himself while being so old and is even now continuing (in the subtle form).
364कब तक चलाता वह तो ड्रामा में देखते जाते हैं . kab tak chalātā vah tō drama mē̃ dēkhtē jātē haĩ . kab tak chalānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] tō drama mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] . when until x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] that then drama in see[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] .
442We shall continue to see in the drama for as long as He continues.
365सब बापदादा की कमाल देखते जाओ और दुनिया की धमाल सुनते जाओ . sab bāpdādā kī|key kamāl dēkhtē jāō aur duniyā kī|key dhamāl suntē jāō . sab[adj.] bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] aur duniyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dhamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] . all BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] and world (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x listen[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] .
443Continue to watch BapDada's wonders (kamaal) and continue to hear about the upheaval (dhamaal) going on in the world.
366आपको तो कोई फुरना नहीं बेफिकर बादशाह हो . āpkō tō kōī phurnā nahī̃ bēphikar bādśhāh hō . āp[pn.pl.kō] tō kōī[pn.;d.] phurnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] bēphikr[adj.] bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . you[.kō] then some concern not carefree emperor (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
444You don't have any worries; you are carefree emperors.
367जो होगा अच्छा होगा आप ब्राह्मणों के लिए . jō hōgā achchhā hōgā āp brāhmaṇō̃ kē liē . jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] āp[pn.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē liē[x] . that be[fut.m.sg.23] achcha be[fut.m.sg.23] you Brahmin for .
445Whatever happens, for you Brahmins it will be good.
368आपको तो यही है संगम अमृतवेला हो रहा है . āpkō tō yahī hai saṅgam amr̥itvēlā hō rahā hai . āp[pn.pl.kō] tō yahī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . you[.kō] then this be[pres.sg.23] confluence amrit vela be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
446For you, this is the amrit vela of the confluence age.
369अमृतवेले के बाद क्या आता है ? amr̥itvēlē kē bād kyā ātā hai ? amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kē bād[x] kyā ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? amrit vela after what come[pres.sg.m.23] ?
447What comes after amrit vela?
370दिन आता है ना ! din ātā hai nā ! din[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ! day come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ !
448It is the day.
371तो दिन तो आना ही है . tō din tō ānā hī hai . tō din[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then day then (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) only be[pres.sg.23] .
449The day has to come.
372क्या होगा ! kyā hōgā ! kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ! what be[fut.m.sg.23] !
450What will happen?
373यह संकल्प भी नहीं है . yah saṅkalp bhī nahī̃ hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this thought too not be[pres.sg.23] .
451You don't have even this concern.
374दिन आना ही है . din ānā hī hai . din[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . day (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) only be[pres.sg.23] .
452The day has to come.
375अपना राज्य होना ही है . apnā rājya hōnā hī hai . apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (adopt[root]|one’s own) kingdom be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
453Your kingdom has to come.
376निश्चित है . niśhchit hai . niśhchit[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . fixed be[pres.sg.23] .
454It is predestined.
377तो निश्चित बात कभी बदल नहीं सकती . tō niśhchit bāt kabhī badal nahī̃ saktī . tō niśhchit[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] kabhī[adv.] badal[n.m.;sg.,d.]|badalnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.f.] . then fixed matter ever (x|change[root]) not can[pres-part.f.] .
455Anything that is predestined cannot change.
378कुंज दादी से : हाँ सभी हिसाब चुक्तू कर रहे हैं . kuñj dādī sē : hā̃ sabhī hisāb chuktū kar rahē haĩ . x dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] : hā̃ sab[adv.hī] hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] chuktū karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . x Dadi from : yes all account settled do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
456Kunj Dadi: Yes, you are all settling your accounts.
379ठीक है ना . ṭhīk hai nā . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
457Are you OK?
380हो रहा है ठीक ? hō rahā hai ṭhīk ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ṭhīk[adj.] ? be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] OK ?
458Are you getting well?
381अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
459Achcha.
382ठीक हो जायेगा . ṭhīk hō jāyēgā . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . OK be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
460It will be fine.
383आराम से बैठो . ārām sē baiṭhō . ārām[x] sē[postp.] baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . comfort from sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
461Sit comfortably.
384आराम करो . ārām karō . ārām[x] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . comfort do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
462Have a rest.
385दिमाग को भी आराम और शरीर को भी आराम . dimāg kō bhī ārām aur śharīr kō bhī ārām . dimāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] ārām[x] aur śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] ārām[x] . head to too comfort and body to too comfort .
463Give a rest to the brain and also to the body.
386दोनों आराम आजकल चाहिए क्योंकि दिमाग की हलचल शरीर पर असर करती है . dōnō̃ ārām ājkal chāhiē kyōṅki dimāg kī|key halchal śharīr par asar kartī hai . dōnō̃ ārām[x] ājkal chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] kyōṅki dimāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key halchal[x] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] asar[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23] . x comfort nowadays (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) because head (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) upheaval body (at|other) impact do[pres.sg.f.23] .
464Nowadays, you need to give a rest to both because fluctuation in the head affects the body.
387ठीक हो जायेंगी . ṭhīk hō jāyēṅgī . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . OK be[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
465It will be fine.
388हो ही जायेंगी . hō hī jāyēṅgī . hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] jānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only go[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .
466Everything will be OK.
389डा . अशोक मेहता ने याद दी उनकी हार्ट सर्जरी होनी है : अच्छा है हिम्मत वाला है . ḍā . aśhōk Mēhtā nē yād dī|the unkī heart surgery hōnī hai : achchhā hai himmat vālā hai . ḍā[n.m.;sg.,d.] . aśhōk[adj.] x nē[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the vah[pn.pl.kī] heart surgery hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x . x x ∅ remembrance (give[past-part.f.]|the) that[.kī] x x be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] : achcha be[pres.sg.23] courage those who be[pres.sg.23] .
467Dr. 468Ashok Mehta sent remembrance: (He is to undergo heart surgery.) 469It is good. 470He is courageous.
390हिम्मत मदद देती भी है दिलाती भी है . himmat madad dētī bhī hai dilātī bhī hai . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] madad[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres-part.f.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] dilānā[pres-part.f.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . courage x give[pres-part.f.] too be[pres.sg.23] x[pres-part.f.] too be[pres.sg.23] .
471Courage gives you help and also brings you help.
391तो हिम्मत हारने वाला नहीं है . tō himmat hārnē vālā nahī̃ hai . tō himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hārnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then courage x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not be[pres.sg.23] .
472He is not one who loses courage.
392बाकी थोड़ा बहुत जो होगा वह ठीक हो जायेगा लेकिन थोड़ा रेस्ट जरूर करे . bākī thōṛā bahut jō hōgā vah ṭhīk hō jāyēgā lēkin thōṛā rest jarūr karē . bākī|bākī thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] lēkin thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rest zarūr karnā[opt.sg.23] . (but|others) short very that be[fut.m.sg.23] that OK be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] but short x definitely do[opt.sg.23] .
473Whatever little thing he is going through will be fine, but he must definitely rest.
393ऐसे जो भी होता है उसमें थोड़ा समय रेस्ट का जरूर चाहिए . aisē jō bhī hōtā hai usmē̃ thōṛā samay rest kā jarūr chāhiē . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] rest kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] zarūr chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . such that too be[pres.sg.m.23] that[.mē̃] short time x of definitely (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
474Whoever is going through such a situation definitely needs to take a rest for a little while.
394हॉस्पिटल में जाना ही है नहीं . hospital mē̃ jānā hī hai nahī̃ . hospital mē̃[postp.] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] . hospital in (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) only be[pres.sg.23] not .
475Do not think that you have to go to hospital; no.
395थोड़ी रेस्ट करने से आगे के लिए मदद मिलती है . thōṛī rest karnē sē āgē kē liē madad miltī hai . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rest karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] āgē kē liē[x] madad[n.f.;sg.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] . short x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] from previously for x receive[pres.sg.f.23] .
476By taking a little rest now, it will be helpful in the future.
396नहीं तो थकावट फिर कुछ न कुछ अपना जलवा दिखाती है . nahī̃ tō thakāvaṭ phir kuchh na kuchh apnā jalvā dikhātī hai . nahī̃ tō[x] thakāvaṭ, thakān[n.f.;sg.] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] kuchh na[neg] kuchh apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jalvā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dikhānā[pres.sg.f.23] . otherwise tiredness (turn[root]|then) anything not anything (adopt[root]|one’s own) sparkle x[pres.sg.f.23] .
477Otherwise, that tiredness will show itself.
397थोड़े दिन रेस्ट जरूर करे . thōṛē din rest jarūr karē . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] rest zarūr karnā[opt.sg.23] . short day x definitely do[opt.sg.23] .
478He should definitely rest for a few days.
398रमेश भाई ने कहा आज ऊषा का जन्म दिन है : उसको कभी-कभी वतन में बुलाते हैं खुश है कोई तकलीफ नहीं है . ramēśh bhāī nē kahā āj ūṣā kā janm din hai : uskō kabhī-kabhī vatan mē̃ bulātē haĩ khuśh hai kōī taklīph nahī̃ hai . ramēśh bhāī[x] nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] āj x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] : vah[pn.sg.kō] kabhī[adv.] vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bulānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kōī[pn.;d.] taklīph[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Rameshbhai ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] today x of (life|be born[root]) day be[pres.sg.23] : that[.kō] ever world in call[pres.pl.m.12hon3] happy be[pres.sg.23] some difficulty not be[pres.sg.23] .
479Rameshbhai told Baba: It is Ushaben's birthday today. 480Baba calls her to the subtle region sometimes. 481She is happy. 482There are no problems.
399पीछे बैठे हुए बच्चों को बापदादा अपने दिल में देख रहे हैं . pīchhē baiṭhē huē bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā apnē dil mē̃ dēkh rahē haĩ . pīchhē baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . x (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] child to BapDada one’s own heart in see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
483BapDada is seeing in His heart the children sitting at the back of the hall.
400हाल में भले पीछे हो लेकिन प्यार में नजदीक और दिल में भी नजदीक हो . hāl|hall mē̃ bhalē pīchhē hō lēkin pyār mē̃ najdīk aur dil mē̃ bhī najdīk hō . hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hall mē̃[postp.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pīchhē hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nazdīk aur dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] nazdīk hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (x|hall) in benefit x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but love in x and heart in too x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
484Though you are sitting at the back of the hall, you are close in terms of your love and also close to the heart.
401कुछ वी . आई पीज बापदादा से मिल रहे हैं : कहाँ भी कोई भी कार्य कर रहे हो लेकिन अपनी जीवन में खुशी कभी नहीं गंवाना . kuchh we|V . eye|āī|I Ps bāpdādā sē mil rahē haĩ : kahā̃ bhī kōī bhī kārya kar rahē hō lēkin apnī jīvan mē̃ khuśhī kabhī nahī̃ ganvānā . kuchh we|V . eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I P bāpdādā sē[postp.] milnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] : kahā̃ bhī[p.] kōī bhī[x] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] lēkin apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] ganvānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . anything (x) . (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) P. BapDada from receive[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] : where too anyone task do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] but one’s own life in happiness ever not lose[inf.m.sg.d.] .
485Some VIPs meeting BapDada: Wherever you are carrying out a task, never lose your happiness in life.
402सदा खुश मिजाज क्योंकि खुशी है कहते हैं खुशी जैसी कोई खुराक नहीं तो जीवन की जीने की जीते तो बहुत हैं लेकिन मजे से जीना जीवन का मजा लेना वह खुशी है तो . sadā khuśh mijāj kyōṅki khuśhī hai kahtē haĩ khuśhī jaisī kōī khurāk nahī̃ tō jīvan kī|key jīnē kī|key jītē tō bahut haĩ lēkin majē sē jīnā jīvan kā majā lēnā vah khuśhī hai tō . sadā khuśh[adj.] mijāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyōṅki khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kōī[pn.;d.] khurāk[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃ tō[x] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jīnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jīnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|jītā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|jītnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jītnā[opt.sg.23] tō bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin mazā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] jīnā[inf.m.sg.d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō . constantly happy x because happiness be[pres.sg.23] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] happiness like some nourishment otherwise life (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) live[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (live[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|x|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) then very be[pres.pl.12hon3] but pleasure from live[inf.m.sg.d.] life of pleasure take[inf.m.sg.d.] that happiness be[pres.sg.23] then .
486Always remain happy hearted because when there is happiness - it is said: There is no nourishment like happiness. 487So, the art of living, many are living, but to live with pleasure, to enjoy life, that is only possible when there is happiness.
403खुशी नहीं तो कभी कैसा कभी कैसा . khuśhī nahī̃ tō kabhī kaisā kabhī kaisā . khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃ tō[x] kabhī[adv.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kabhī[adv.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . happiness otherwise ever how ever how .
488If there isn't happiness, then it is sometimes one thing and sometimes another.
404 ( आपका आशीर्वाद चाहिए ) उसके लिए जब भी आंख खुले ना चाहे बिस्तर पर ही हो लेकिन आंख खुले तो परमात्मा से गुडमोर्निंग करना . ( āpkā āśhīrvād chāhiē ) uskē liē jab bhī āṅkh khulē nā chāhē bistar par hī hō lēkin āṅkh khulē tō paramātmā sē goodmorning karnā . ( āp[pn.pl.kā] āśhīrvād[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] ) uskā[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē jab bhī[p.] āṅkh[n.f.;sg.] khulnā[opt.sg.23]|khulnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|khulā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nā chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] bistar[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin āṅkh[n.f.;sg.] khulnā[opt.sg.23]|khulnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|khulā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] good morning karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . ( you[.kā] blessing (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) ) of that[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) when too eye (open up[opt.sg.23]|open up[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x) ∅ (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) bed (at|other) only (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but eye (open up[opt.sg.23]|open up[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x) then Supreme Soul from good morning do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
489(I want Your blessings.) 490For that, whenever you open your eyes, even if you are in bed, as soon as you open your eyes, say "Good morning" to God.
405यह तो कर सकते हो ना . yah tō kar saktē hō nā . yah[pn.sg.d.] tō karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] nā . this then do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ∅ .
491You can do this much, can you not?
406बस सवेरे सवेरे अगर परमात्मा को याद करेंगे सारा दिन आपका अच्छा हो जायेगा . bas savērē savērē agar paramātmā kō yād karē̃gē sārā din āpkā achchhā hō jāyēgā . basnā[root]|bas savērē savērē agar paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] yād karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . (x[root]|simply) in the morning in the morning if Supreme Soul to remember the whole day you[.kā] achcha be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
492If you remember God first thing in the morning, your whole day will be good.
407और इसमें मेहनत भी नहीं है . aur ismē̃ mēhnat bhī nahī̃ hai . aur yah[pn.sg.mē̃] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and this[.mē̃] effort too not be[pres.sg.23] .
493And, you won't have to work hard for that.
408उठना तो है ही . uṭhnā tō hai hī . uṭhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . wake up[inf.m.sg.d.] then be[pres.sg.23] only .
494You have to wake up.
409सिर्फ गुडमोर्निंग शिवबाबा . sirph goodmorning śhivbābā . sirph[adj.] good morning śhivbābā . only good morning Shiv Baba .
495Simply say: Good morning, Shiv Baba.
410आप निमित्त हो ना . āp nimitt hō nā . āp[pn.pl.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . you instrument (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .
496You are an instrument, are you not?
411तो आप लोगों को देख करके दूसरों में भी खुशी आयेगी . tō āp lōgō̃ kō dēkh karkē dūsrō̃ mē̃ bhī khuśhī āyēgī . tō āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] . then you people to see[root] do[abs.] other in too happiness come[fut.f.sg.23] .
497Seeing you, others will also become happy.
412क्योंकि जीवन में कुछ तो प्राप्ति चाहिए . kyōṅki jīvan mē̃ kuchh tō prāpti chāhiē . kyōṅki jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kuchh tō prāpti[n.f.;sg.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . because life in anything then attainment (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
498There has to be some attainment in life.
413तो सबसे बड़ी खुशी है . tō sabsē baṛī khuśhī hai . tō sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then the most very happiness be[pres.sg.23] .
499So, the greatest thing is happiness.
414खुशी कभी नहीं गंवाना . khuśhī kabhī nahī̃ ganvānā . khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] ganvānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . happiness ever not lose[inf.m.sg.d.] .
500Never lose your happiness.
415पैसा चला जाए लेकिन खुशी नहीं जाये . paisā chalā jāē lēkin khuśhī nahī̃ jāyē . paisā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] chalnā[opt.sg.23.past-part+jānā]|chalānā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā]|chalnā[opt.sg.23.passive] lēkin khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . money (continue[opt.sg.23.past-part+jānā]|x[opt.sg.23.root+jānā]|continue[opt.sg.23.passive]) but happiness not go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
501Even if you lose your money, your happiness should not be lost.
416पैसा आ जायेगा खुशी से पैसा डबल हो जायेगा . paisā ā jāyēgā khuśhī sē paisā double hō jāyēgā . paisā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] paisā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] double hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . money come[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] happiness from money double be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
502The money will come back. 503With happiness, you will have double the money.
417आते रहो . ātē rahō . ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
504Continue to come.
418जहाँ भी रहते हो ना फोन से सम्पर्क करते रहो . jahā̃ bhī rahtē hō nā phone sē samparka kartē rahō . jahā̃ bhī[p.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā phone sē[postp.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . where there too remain[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ x from x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
505Wherever you are living, stay in connection by phone.
419जब कोई ऐसी प्राबलम आये तो जो सुनो वरदान सुनो उस पर सोचो . jab kōī aisī problem āyē tō jō sunō vardān sunō us par sōchō . jab kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] problem ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō jō[pn.;d.] sunnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . when some such problem (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) then that listen[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] blessing listen[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that (at|other) think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
506Whenever you have any problems, then think about whatever you have heard, even the blessings you have heard.
4202 ) सदा सवेरे-सवेरे शिवबाबा से गुडमोर्निंग करो . 2 ) sadā savērē-savērē śhivbābā sē goodmorning karō . 2 ) sadā savērē śhivbābā sē[postp.] good morning karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 2 ) constantly in the morning Shiv Baba from good morning do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
5072) Always say good morning to Shiv Baba in the morning.
421कहते हैं ना सवेरे जिसकी शक्ल देखेंगे सारा दिन वैसा होगा . kahtē haĩ nā savērē jiskī śhakla dēkhē̃gē sārā din vaisā hōgā . kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā savērē jō[pn.sg.kī] śhakla[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] vaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ in the morning that[.kī] face see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] the whole day x be[fut.m.sg.23] .
508It is said: Whoever's face you see first thing in the morning, your whole day will be like that.
422तो सदा खुश रहना . tō sadā khuśh rahnā . tō sadā khuśh[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then constantly happy remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
509So, always remain happy.
423कोई भी बात आवे उसको खुशी से हटाना . kōī bhī bāt āvē uskō khuśhī sē haṭānā . kōī bhī[x] bāt[n.f.;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] haṭānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . anyone matter come[opt.sg.23] that[.kō] happiness from remove[inf.m.sg.d.] .
510When any situation comes, overcome it with happiness.
424डबल विदेशी आर . सी . ओ . मीटिंग के भाई बहिनों से : ( आज 25 साल पूरे हुए ) मुबारक हो . double vidēśhī are|or . see|sī|C . ō . meeting kē|K bhāī bahinō̃ sē : ( āj 25 sāl pūrē huē ) mubārak hō . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] be|or . see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C . O . meeting kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : ( āj 25 sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ) mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . double foreigner (be|x) . (see|x) . x . meeting (of|K) (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) x from : ( today 25 year full be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ) congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
511Meeting brothers and sisters of the double foreign Regional Coordinators' meeting: (25 years of this group has been completed.) 512Congratulations!
42525 साल मीटिंग करते रहे हो . 25 sāl meeting kartē rahē hō . 25 sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] meeting karnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] . 25 year meeting do[pres-perf.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
513You have been having these meetings for 25 years.
426तो जो मीटिंग करते हो उस मीटिंग का प्रैक्टिकल करने में सफलता मिलती रहती है ना ! tō jō meeting kartē hō us meeting kā practical karnē mē̃ saphaltā miltī rahtī hai nā ! tō jō[pn.;d.] meeting karnā[pres.pl.m.2] vah[pn.sg.o.] meeting kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] practical karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+rahnā] nā ! then that meeting do[pres.pl.m.2] that meeting of practical do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in success receive[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+rahnā] ∅ !
514Whatever meetings you have, by putting those things into a practical form you continue to achieve success, do you not?
427सफलता है ना . saphaltā hai nā . saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . success be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
515You have success, do you not?
428क्योंकि कुछ भी करते हैं उसकी रिजल्ट अच्छे ते अच्छी होनी चाहिए . kyōṅki kuchh bhī kartē haĩ uskī result achchhē tē achchhī hōnī chāhiē . kyōṅki kuchh bhī[x] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.kī] result achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[.oblig3] . because anything do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kī] result achcha from achcha be[.oblig3] .
516Whatever you do, the result of that should be the best of all.
429तो आप जो करते हो टाइम देते हो संगम का टाइम बहुत कीमती है . tō āp jō kartē hō time dētē hō saṅgam kā time bahut kīmatī hai . tō āp[pn.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] time dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time bahut kīmatī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then you that do[pres.pl.m.2] time give[pres.pl.m.2] confluence of time very most expensive be[pres.sg.23] .
517Whatever you do, you give time to that. 518The time of the confluence age is very valuable.
430तो उसकी रिजल्ट चेक करो कि रिजल्ट कितनी निकली . tō uskī result check karō ki result kitnī nikalī . tō vah[pn.sg.kī] result check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] result kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nikalnā[past-part.f.] . then that[.kī] result check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that result so be extracted[past-part.f.] .
519So, check to see what the result has been.
431रिजल्ट से खुशी होती है . result sē khuśhī hōtī hai . result sē[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . result from happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] .
520Results bring happiness.
432आपने कहा और हुआ . āpnē kahā aur huā . āp[pn.pl.nē] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . you[.nē] say[past-part.m.sg.d.] and be[past-part.m.sg.d.] . 433क्योंकि ज्ञान माना करना और होना साथ-साथ . kyōṅki gyān mānā karnā aur hōnā sāth-sāth . kyōṅki gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] sāth-sāth . because knowledge (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) do[inf.m.sg.d.] and be[inf.m.sg.d.] x .
521You said it and it happened because knowledge means to do it and for it to happen at the same time.
434तो इतने टाइम में जो भी किया है किया तो अच्छा ही है यह तो बाप भी समझते हैं कि जो निमित्त बने हुए हैं उनसे कार्य जो भी होता है वह अच्छा ही होता है . tō itnē time mē̃ jō bhī kiyā hai kiyā tō achchhā hī hai yah tō bāp bhī samajhtē haĩ ki jō nimitt banē huē haĩ unsē kārya jō bhī hōtā hai vah achchhā hī hōtā hai . tō itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] time mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.sē] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then such time in that too do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] do[past-part.m.sg.d.] then achcha only be[pres.sg.23] this then father too understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that that instrument (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that[.sē] task that too be[pres.sg.m.23] that achcha only be[pres.sg.m.23] .
522Whatever you have done in this time, you have done well. 523The Father also understands whatever tasks the instruments carry out, they are always good.
435तभी तो आप लोगों को निमित्त बनाया है नहीं तो निमित्त नहीं बनाते और भावना भी है जो हर साल समझते हैं करें . tabhī tō āp lōgō̃ kō nimitt banāyā hai nahī̃ tō nimitt nahī̃ banātē aur bhāvnā bhī hai jō har|her sāl samajhtē haĩ karē̃ . tabhī tō āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nahī̃ tō[x] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] banānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] aur bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] har|harnā[root]|her sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . x then you people to instrument create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] otherwise instrument not create[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] and feeling too be[pres.sg.23] that (x|x[root]) year understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[opt.pl.12hon3] .
524This is why you have been made instruments. 525Otherwise, you would not have been made instruments and there is also the loving devotion to do this every year.
436तो जो भी करो उसकी रिजल्ट देखो . tō jō bhī karō uskī result dēkhō . tō jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.kī] result dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then that too do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that[.kī] result see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
526Whatever you do, check the results of that.
437प्राबलम तो होती है लेकिन प्राबलम हल हो जाए . problem tō hōtī hai lēkin problem hal hō jāē . problem tō hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] lēkin problem hal[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . problem then be[pres.sg.f.23] but problem x be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .
527Of course there are problems, but the problems should be solved.
438प्राब्लम प्राब्लम नहीं रहे हल होना यह सफलता है . problem problem nahī̃ rahē hal hōnā yah saphaltā hai . problem problem nahī̃[neg] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hal[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . problem problem not (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) x be[inf.m.sg.d.] this success be[pres.sg.23] .
528The problems should not remain problems. 529To find a solution is success.
439तो यह तो हुआ कि अच्छा हुआ है तब इतना वर्ष चला है नहीं तो खत्म हो जाती ना . tō yah tō huā ki achchhā huā hai tab itnā varṣh chalā hai nahī̃ tō khatm hō jātī nā . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] tō hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tab itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nahī̃ tō[x] ḵẖatm[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jānā[pres-part.f.] nā . then this then be[past-part.m.sg.d.] that achcha be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] for only then such year continue[pres-perf.sg.m.23] otherwise finished (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) go[pres-part.f.] ∅ .
530It is because everything has worked so well that it has continued for this many years, otherwise it would have finished.
440चलती आई है बाकी कोई बात कैसी भी होती है उसकी परवाह नहीं लेकिन चलता रहा है तो जरूर कोई न कोई सफलता मिली है . chaltī āī hai bākī kōī bāt kaisī bhī hōtī hai uskī parvāh nahī̃ lēkin chaltā rahā hai tō jarūr kōī na kōī saphaltā milī hai . chalnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.pres-part+ānā] bākī|bākī kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.kī] parvāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin chalnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] tō zarūr kōī na kōī[x] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . continue[pres-perf.sg.f.23.pres-part+ānā] (but|others) some matter how too be[pres.sg.f.23] that[.kī] care not but continue[pres-perf.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] then definitely one .. or another success receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
531It has continued. 532No matter what situations arise, do not worry about then, but simply continue to move on for you have definitely received some success or other.
441तो चलाते रहो लेकिन जितना टाइम आप सब महारथियों ने दिया है आपका टाइम भी तो वैल्युबुल है ना . tō chalātē rahō lēkin jitnā time āp sab mahārathiyō̃ nē diyā hai āpkā time bhī tō valuable hai nā . tō chalānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] lēkin jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] mahārathī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] āp[pn.pl.kā] time bhī[p.] tō valuable hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . then x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] but the more time you all maharathi ∅ give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] you[.kā] time too then valuable be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
533So, continue with this, and the time that you maharathis have given, your time is also valuable.
442उतना रिजल्ट में लाते रहो . utnā result mē̃ lātē rahō . utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] result mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . x result in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
534Continue to bring about results to that extent.
443एक बारी में नहीं भी होता है थोड़ा टाइम भी लगता है उसका कोई हर्जा नहीं लेकिन यह चेक जरूर करो कि समय के अनुसार कितने महारथी हैं सभी . ēk bārī mē̃ nahī̃ bhī hōtā hai thōṛā time bhī lagtā hai uskā kōī harjā nahī̃ lēkin yah check jarūr karō ki samay kē|K anusār kitnē mahārathī haĩ sabhī . ēk[adj.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time bhī[p.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.kā] kōī[pn.;d.] harzā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin yah[pn.sg.d.] check zarūr karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K anusār kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] sab[adv.hī] . one x in not too be[pres.sg.m.23] short time too x[pres.sg.m.23] that[.kā] some x not but this check definitely do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that time (of|K) according to so maharathi be[pres.pl.12hon3] all .
535If it doesn't happen the first time, even if it takes some time, it doesn't matter, but, according to the time, definitely check to what extent you have become a maharathi.
444सभी का टाइम कितना वैल्युबुल है उस अनुसार रिजल्ट है ? sabhī kā time kitnā valuable hai us anusār result hai ? sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] valuable hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.o.] anusār result hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? all of time so valuable be[pres.sg.23] that according to result be[pres.sg.23] ?
536Everyone's time is very valuable, and so, are your results according to that?
445और रिजल्ट को बार-बार उन्हों के आगे दोहराओ . aur result kō bār-bār unhō̃ kē āgē dōharāō . aur result kō[postp.] bār[n.f.;sg.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kē āgē[x] dōharānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . and result to time that in front of repeat[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
537Repeatedly bring the results in front of everyone.
446यह रह गया है यह हमको पूरा करना है तभी दूसरे वर्ष मीटिंग करो और उसके लिए प्लैन बनाके करना ही है . yah rah gayā hai yah hamkō pūrā karnā hai tabhī dūsrē varṣh meeting karō aur uskē liē plan banākē karnā hī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] yah[pn.sg.d.] ham[pn.pl.kō] pūrā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tabhī dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] meeting karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur uskā[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē plan banānā[abs.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] this we[.kō] make full x other year meeting do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and of that[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) plan create[abs.] do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
538This is still remaining. 539We have to accomplish this. 540Next year have a meeting for that and make plans definitely to accomplish that.
447यह अटेन्शन जरूरी है . yah attention jarūrī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] attention zarūrī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this attention essential be[pres.sg.23] .
541It is essential to pay attention to this.
448बाकी बापदादा को अच्छा लगता है आपस में आप मिलते हो यह भी अच्छा है . bākī bāpdādā kō achchhā lagtā hai āpas mē̃ āp miltē hō yah bhī achchhā hai . bākī|bākī bāpdādā kō[postp.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] āpas mē̃[x] āp[pn.pl.] milnā[pres.pl.m.2] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (but|others) BapDada to enjoy with each other you receive[pres.pl.m.2] this too achcha be[pres.sg.23] . 449क्योंकि बहुत समय दूर रहते हो ना तो मधुबन में आके मिलते हो यह अच्छा है . kyōṅki bahut samay dūr rahtē hō nā tō madhuban mē̃ ākē miltē hō yah achchhā hai . kyōṅki bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] dūr[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[abs.] milnā[pres.pl.m.2] yah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because very time distant remain[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ then Madhuban in come[abs.] receive[pres.pl.m.2] this achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
542BapDada likes it that you meet among yourselves. 543That is also good, because you remain distant for a long time. 544So, it is good that you come and meet in Madhuban.
450नुकसान नहीं है फायदा ही है . nuksān nahī̃ hai phāydā hī hai . nuksān[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . loss not be[pres.sg.23] profit only be[pres.sg.23] .
545There is no loss, only benefit.
451बापदादा खुश है करते चलो . bāpdādā khuśh hai kartē chalō . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
546BapDada is pleased. 547Continue with it.
452विदेश सेवा को 40 वर्ष हुआ है : वृद्धि भी अच्छी हुई है . vidēśh sēvā kō 40 varṣh huā hai : vr̥iddhi bhī achchhī huī hai . vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] 40 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] : vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . abroad service to 40 year be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] : growth too achcha be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
548It has been 40 years of service abroad: There has been good expansion.
453जो मेहनत की है उससे फल निकला है इसलिए आगे बढ़ते चलो . jō mēhnat kī hai ussē phal nikalā hai isliē āgē baṛhtē chalō . jō[pn.;d.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.sē] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikalnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] isliē āgē baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that effort do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] that[.sē] fruit be extracted[pres-perf.sg.m.23] therefore previously grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
549Whatever efforts you have put in, they have definitely brought you the fruit. 550Therefore, continue to move forward.
454बापदादा खुश है . bāpdādā khuśh hai . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] .
551BapDada is pleased.
455 ( दिल्ली में बड़ा प्रोग्राम होने वाला है ) जहाँ तक हो सके उसमें विदेश और इण्डिया मिलाके करो तो अच्छा है . ( dillī mē̃ baṛā programme hōnē vālā hai ) jahā̃ tak hō sakē usmē̃ vidēśh aur india milākē karō tō achchhā hai . ( dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ) jahā̃ tak[x] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur India milānā[abs.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( Delhi in very programme be[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] ) as long as be[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] that[.mē̃] abroad and India x[abs.] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
552(A big programme is to take place in Delhi.) 553As much as possible, it is good if the countries abroad and India work together.
456 ( वन गाड वन फैमिली प्रोग्राम रखा है ) शुरू-शुरू में लण्डन में इस बात का प्रभाव पड़ा था तो इनकी स्टेज में काला-गोरा भिन्न-भिन्न धर्म वाले सब इकठ्ठे बैठते हैं . ( one god one family programme rakhā hai ) śhurū-śhurū mē̃ london mē̃ is bāt kā prabhāv paṛā thā tō inkī stage mē̃ kālā-gōrā bhinn-bhinn dharm vālē sab ikaṭhṭhē baiṭhtē haĩ . ( one god one family programme rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] London mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.o.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[past-perf.m.sg.] tō yah[pn.pl.kī] stage mē̃[postp.] kālā-gōrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhinn[adj.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adj.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baiṭhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . ( one x one family programme keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) beginning in x in this matter of x fall[past-perf.m.sg.] then this[.kī] stage in from all nationalities different religion those who all together sit[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
554(We have kept the programme: One God, one family.) 555In the beginning, the programme in London had created an impact where they had people from all nationalities and all religions sitting together on one stage.
457इन्हों में वह भेदभाव नहीं है सब मिलके एक को मानते हैं . inhō̃ mē̃ vah bhēdbhāv nahī̃ hai sab milkē ēk kō māntē haĩ . yah[pn.pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhēdbhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sab[adj.] milnā[abs.] ēk[adj.] kō[postp.] mānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . this in that difference not be[pres.sg.23] all receive[abs.] one to x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 458यह प्रभाव बहुत अच्छा होता है . yah prabhāv bahut achchhā hōtā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . this x very achcha be[pres.sg.m.23] .
556The impact created from it, that there is no discrimination here, and that everyone works in a united way was good.
459अभी जैसे सेवा भी सभी तरफ हो रही है ना तो अभी यह इम्प्रेशन अच्छा है तो यह सबको मानते हैं . abhī jaisē sēvā bhī sabhī taraph hō rahī hai nā tō abhī yah impression achchhā hai tō yah sabkō māntē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] sab[adv.hī] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] nā tō ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] impression achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] sabkō mānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . now like service too all direction be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] ∅ then now this impression achcha be[pres.sg.23] then this everything x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
557Now, service is taking place everywhere, and so the impression that you believe in everyone (all religions) is good.
460जो कहते हैं गाड इज वन वह यह वन करते हैं . jō kahtē haĩ god is one vah yah one kartē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] God is One[x] vah[pn.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] one karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . that say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x that this one do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
558You say that God is One, and you make it one.
461प्रोग्राम दिल्ली में है ना तो उसमें स्टेज पर सब होने चाहिए . programme dillī mē̃ hai nā tō usmē̃ stage par sab hōnē chāhiē . programme dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā tō vah[pn.sg.mē̃] stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] sab[adj.] hōnā[.oblig3] . programme Delhi in be[pres.sg.23] ∅ then that[.mē̃] stage (at|other) all be[.oblig3] .
559The programme is in Delhi, and there should be all varieties represented on the stage there.
462जैसे ( बेहरीन में ) सब ड्रेस वाले आये ना उसी ड्रेस में आवे . jaisē ( bēharīn mē̃ ) sab dress vālē āyē nā usī dress mē̃ āvē . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ( x mē̃[postp.] ) sab[adj.] dress vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nā vah[pn.sg.hī] dress mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.sg.23] . like ( x in ) all dress those who (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) ∅ that[.hī] dress in come[opt.sg.23] .
560In Bahrain, people came in their different costumes; so they should come in their national dress.
463जहाँ जो भी ड्रेस है लेकिन स्टेज पर इकठ्ठा दिखाई दे . jahā̃ jō bhī dress hai lēkin stage par ikaṭhṭhā dikhāī dē . jahā̃ jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] dress hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] . where there that too dress be[pres.sg.23] but stage (at|other) together be visible .
561Whatever is their national dress, they should all be visible on the stage.
464 ( गायत्री बहन से ) आप भी तो मेहनत करते हो ना निमित्त तो बनते हो . ( gāyatrī bahan sē ) āp bhī tō mēhnat kartē hō nā nimitt tō bantē hō . ( gāyatrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] ) āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] tō mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bannā[pres.pl.m.2] . ( Gayatri x from ) you too then effort do[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ instrument then become[pres.pl.m.2] .
562(To Gayatriben): You also work hard, you become an instrument.
465बाप तो है ही साथी . bāp tō hai hī sāthī . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] . father then be[pres.sg.23] only companion .
563The Father is anyway the Companion.
564* O M S H A N T I *